Form 10-K
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

Form 10-K

 

x    ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

 

or

 

¨    TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

 

For the transition period from                      to                     

 

Commission file number 0-12508

 

S&T BANCORP, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Pennsylvania   25-1434426
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation of organization)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
800 Philadelphia Street, Indiana, PA   15701
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (800) 325-2265

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $2.50 per share   The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
(NASDAQ Global Select Market)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

(Title of class)

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes  ¨    No  x

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.

Yes  ¨    No   x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes  x    No  ¨

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this form 10-K or any amendment to this form 10-K.  ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

Yes  x    No  ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer  ¨   Accelerated filer  x
Non-accelerated filer  ¨ (Do not check if a smaller reporting  company)   Smaller reporting company  ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).

    Yes  ¨    No  x

 

The aggregate estimated fair value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2011:

 

Common Stock, $2.50 par value – $505,369,206

 

The number of shares outstanding of the issuer’s classes of common stock as of January 31, 2012:

Common Stock, $2.50 par value – 28,133,371 shares

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the annual shareholders meeting to be held April 23, 2012 are incorporated by reference into Part III.


Table of Contents
Part I       
Item 1.    Business      3   
Item 1A.    Risk Factors      13   
Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments      20   
Item 2.    Properties      20   
Item 3.    Legal Proceedings      21   
Item 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures      21   
Part II   
Item 5.    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities      22   
Item 6.    Selected Financial Data      24   
Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations      25   
Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk      61   
Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data      64   
Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures      126   
Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures      126   
Item 9B.    Other Information      126   
Part III   
Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance      127   
Item 11.    Executive Compensation      127   
Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters      127   
Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence      127   
Item 14.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services      128   
Part IV   
Item 15.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules      129   
   Signatures      132   

 

PAGE 2


Table of Contents

PART I

 

Item 1.  BUSINESS

 

 

General

 

S&T Bancorp, Inc., or S&T, references to “we”, “us” or “our” refers to S&T, including on a consolidated basis with our subsidiaries where appropriate, was incorporated on March 17, 1983 under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as a bank holding company and has three wholly owned subsidiaries, S&T Bank, 9th Street Holdings, Inc. and STBA Capital Trust I. We also own a one-half interest in Commonwealth Trust Credit Life Insurance Company, or CTCLIC. We are registered as a financial holding company with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or the Federal Reserve Board under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, or the BHCA. As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately $4.1 billion in assets, $3.1 billion in loans, $3.3 billion in deposits and $490.5 million in shareholder’s equity.

S&T Bank is a full service bank with its Main Office at 800 Philadelphia Street, Indiana, Pennsylvania, providing services to its customers through offices located in Allegheny, Armstrong, Blair, Butler, Cambria, Clarion, Clearfield, Indiana, Jefferson and Westmoreland counties of Pennsylvania. S&T Bank deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC, to the maximum extent provided by law.

S&T Bank has four wholly owned subsidiaries: S&T Insurance Group, LLC, S&T Professional Resources Group, LLC, S&T Bancholdings, Inc. and Stewart Capital Advisors, LLC. S&T Insurance Group, LLC, through its subsidiaries, offers a variety of insurance products. S&T Professional Resources Group, LLC markets software developed by S&T Bank. S&T Bancholdings, Inc. is an investment company. Stewart Capital Advisors, LLC, is a registered investment advisor that manages private investment accounts for individuals and institutions and advises the Stewart Capital Mid Cap Fund.

We operate three reportable operating segments including Community Banking, Wealth Management and Insurance. Our Community Banking segment offers services which include accepting time and demand deposit accounts, originating commercial and consumer loans, and providing letters of credit and credit card services. We believe that we have a relatively stable deposit base and no material amount of deposits is obtained from a single depositor or group of depositors (including federal, state and local governments). Our core deposit base remained strong in 2011.

The Wealth Management segment offers discount brokerage services, services as executor and trustee under wills and deeds, guardian and custodian of employee benefits and other trust and brokerage services, as well as a registered investment advisor that manages private investment accounts for individuals and institutions. Total Wealth Management assets under management and administration were approximately $1.5 billion at December 31, 2011.

The Insurance segment includes a full-service insurance agency offering commercial property and casualty insurance, group life and health coverage, employee benefit solutions and personal insurance lines.

 

Recent Developments

 

On September 14, 2011, we announced the signing of a definitive merger agreement to acquire Mainline Bancorp, Inc., or Mainline, a bank holding company based in Ebensburg, Pennsylvania. Mainline, with approximately $236 million in assets, maintains eight offices in Cambria and Blair counties in Pennsylvania. The transaction, valued at approximately $21 million, is expected to be completed in the first quarter of 2012 pending the approval of the shareholders of Mainline and satisfaction of other customary closing conditions.

On December 7, 2011, we announced that we redeemed all of the preferred stock that we sold to the U.S. Department of the Treasury in January of 2009 as part of the Capital Purchase Program, or the CPP. The redemption of the preferred stock was approved without any conditions from regulators.

 

PAGE 3


Table of Contents

Item 1.  BUSINESS — continued

 

 

We used available cash to fund the repurchase of the outstanding preferred stock for $108.7 million and the payment of the final dividend of $0.3 million. Refer to “Capital Purchase Program” later in this section for further information.

 

Employees

 

As of December 31, 2011, we had 909 full-time equivalent employees.

 

Access to United States Securities and Exchange Commission Filings

 

All of our reports filed electronically with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, including this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, or the Report, our prior annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and our annual proxy statements, as well as any amendments to those reports are accessible at no cost on our website at www.stbancorp.com under Financial Information, SEC Filings. These filings are also accessible on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may read and copy any material we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Our charters of the Audit Committee, the Compensation and Benefits Committee, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, the Wealth Management Oversight Committee, Complaints Regarding Accounting Internal Accounting Controls or Auditing Matters, or the Whistleblower Policy, the Code of Conduct for the CEO and CFO, the General Code of Conduct, the Shareholder Communications Policy, and S&T Excessive and Luxury Expenditure Policy are also available at www.stbancorp.com under Corporate Governance.

 

Supervision and Regulation

 

General

 

S&T and S&T Bank are each extensively regulated under federal and state law. The following describes certain aspects of that regulation and does not purport to be a complete description of all regulations that affect S&T and S&T Bank or all aspects of those regulations.

To the extent statutory or regulatory provisions are described, the description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statutory or regulatory provisions. Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the banking industry are frequently raised in Congress, in state legislatures and before the various bank regulatory agencies. The likelihood and timing of any changes and the impact such changes might have on S&T or S&T Bank is impossible to determine with any certainty.

Any change in applicable laws or regulations, or in the way such laws or regulations are interpreted by regulatory agencies or courts, may have a material impact on our business, operations and earnings.

 

S&T

 

We are a bank holding company subject to regulation under the BHCA and the examination and reporting requirements of the Federal Reserve Board. Under the BHCA, a bank holding company may not directly or indirectly acquire ownership or control of more than five percent of the voting shares or substantially all of the assets of any additional bank, or merge or consolidate with another bank holding company, without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. We have received approval from the Federal Reserve Board for a passive ownership position in Allegheny Valley Bancorp, Inc. (14.5 percent).

As a bank holding company, we are expected under statutory and regulatory provisions to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to our subsidiary bank. A bank holding company is also expected to commit resources, including capital and other funds, to support its subsidiary bank.

 

PAGE 4


Table of Contents

Item 1.  BUSINESS — continued

 

 

We elected to become a financial holding company under the BHCA in 2001 and thereby engage in a broader range of financial and other activities than are permissible for traditional bank holding companies. In order to qualify and maintain our status as a financial holding company, the depository institutions controlled by us must remain “well-capitalized,” “well-managed” (as defined in federal law) and have at least a “satisfactory” Community Reinvestment Act, or CRA rating. Refer to Item 8, Note 21 Regulatory Matters, of this Report for information concerning the current capital ratios of S&T and S&T Bank. No prior regulatory approval is required for a financial holding company to acquire a company, other than a bank or savings association, engaged in activities that are financial in nature or incidental to activities that are financial in nature, as determined by the Federal Reserve Board. The BHCA identifies several activities as “financial in nature” including, among others, securities underwriting, dealing and market making; sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies; insurance underwriting and sales agency; investment advisory activities; merchant banking activities; and activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined to be closely related to banking or a proper incident thereto. Banks may also engage, subject to limitations on investment, in activities that are financial in nature, other than insurance underwriting, insurance company portfolio investment, real estate development and real estate investment, through a financial subsidiary of the bank, if the bank is “well-capitalized,” “well-managed” and has at least a “satisfactory” CRA rating. On July 21, 2010, the President signed the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act into law, which required that we also remain “well-capitalized” and “well-managed” in order to maintain our status as a financial holding company as of July 21, 2011, which is the Designated Transfer Date. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act requires a financial holding company to obtain prior regulatory approval to acquire any company with consolidated assets that exceed $10.0 billion.

If S&T and S&T Bank cease to be “well-capitalized” or “well-managed,” we will not be in compliance with the requirements of the BHCA regarding financial holding companies. If a financial holding company is notified by the Federal Reserve Board of such a change in the ratings of any of its subsidiary banks, it must take certain corrective actions within specified time frames. Furthermore, if S&T Bank were to receive a CRA rating of less than “satisfactory,” then we would be prohibited from engaging in new activities or acquiring companies until the rating is raised to “satisfactory” or better.

We are presently engaged in nonbanking activities through the following six entities:

 

   

9th Street Holdings, Inc. was formed in June 1988 to hold and manage a group of investments previously owned by S&T Bank and to give us additional latitude to purchase other investments.

   

S&T Bancholdings, Inc. was formed in August 2002 to hold and manage a group of investments previously owned by S&T Bank and to give us additional latitude to purchase other investments.

   

CTCLIC is a joint venture with another financial institution, acting as a reinsurer of credit life, accident and health insurance policies sold by S&T Bank and the other institution.

   

S&T Insurance Group, LLC distributes life insurance and long-term disability income insurance products. During 2001, S&T Insurance Group, LLC and Attorneys Abstract Company, Inc. entered into an agreement to form S&T Settlement Services, LLC or STSS, with respective ownership interests of 55 percent and 45 percent. STSS is a title insurance agency servicing commercial customers. During 2002, S&T Insurance Group, LLC expanded into the property and casualty insurance business with the acquisition of S&T-Evergreen Insurance LLC.

   

S&T Professional Resources Group LLC markets software developed by S&T Bank.

   

Stewart Capital Advisors, LLC was formed in August 2005 and is a registered investment advisor that manages private investment accounts for individuals and institutions and advises the Stewart Capital Mid Cap Fund.

 

PAGE 5


Table of Contents

Item 1.  BUSINESS — continued

 

 

S&T Bank

 

As a state-chartered, commercial bank, the deposits of S&T Bank are insured by the FDIC, S&T Bank is subject to the supervision and regulation of the Pennsylvania Department of Banking, or PADB and the FDIC. We are also subject to various requirements and restrictions under federal and state law, including requirements to maintain reserves against deposits, restrictions on the types, amount and terms and conditions of loans that may be granted and limits on the type of other activities in which S&T Bank may engage and the investments it may make.

In addition, S&T Bank is subject to affiliate transaction rules in Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act that limit the amount of transactions between itself and S&T or S&T’s nonbank subsidiaries. Under these provisions, transactions between a bank and its parent company or any single nonbank affiliate generally are limited to 10 percent of the bank subsidiary’s capital and surplus, and with respect to all transactions with affiliates, are limited to 20 percent of the bank subsidiary’s capital and surplus. Further, loans and extensions of credit from a bank to an affiliate generally are required to be secured by eligible collateral in specified amounts. The Dodd-Frank Act expands the affiliate transaction rules to broaden the definition of affiliate and to apply to securities lending, repurchase agreement and derivatives activities that we may have with an affiliate, as well as to strengthen collateral requirements and limit Federal Reserve exemptive authority. Also, the definition of “extension of credit” for transactions with executive officers, directors and principal shareholders is being expanded to include credit exposure arising from a derivative transaction, a repurchase or reverse repurchase agreement and a securities lending or borrowing transaction. These expansions will be effective one year after the Designated Transfer Date, July 21, 2012. At this time, we do not anticipate that these provisions will have a material effect on S&T or S&T Bank.

 

Insurance of Accounts; Depositor Preference

 

The deposits of S&T Bank are insured up to applicable limits per insured depositor by the FDIC. The Dodd-Frank Act codified FDIC deposit insurance coverage per separately insured depositor for all account types at $250,000. The Dodd-Frank Act also maintains federal deposit insurance coverage for noninterest-bearing transaction accounts at an unlimited amount from December 31, 2010 until December 31, 2012. Interest on Lawyer Trust Accounts will be considered “noninterest-bearing transaction accounts” for purposes of temporary unlimited deposit insurance coverage.

As an FDIC-insured bank, S&T Bank is also subject to FDIC insurance assessments, which are imposed based upon the risk the institution poses to the Deposit Insurance Fund, or DIF. Under this assessment system, risk is defined and measured using an institution’s supervisory ratings with other risk measures, including financial ratios. The annual total base assessment rates for institutions in 2011 ranged from 2.5 basis points for “well-capitalized,” “well-managed” banks, with the highest ratings, to 45 basis points for institutions posing the most risk to the DIF. The FDIC may raise or lower these assessment rates on a quarterly basis based on various factors to achieve a reserve ratio, which the Dodd-Frank Act has mandated to be no less than 1.35 percent of insured deposits.

Due to recent bank failures and contingent loss reserves established by the FDIC against potential future bank failures, the reserve ratio is currently significantly below its target balance. Thus, on November 12, 2009, the FDIC Board of Directors adopted a final rule that required insured depository institutions to prepay, on December 30, 2009, their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012, along with their quarterly risk-based assessment for the third quarter of 2009. The continued decline in the DIF balance may convince the FDIC to impose additional special emergency assessments in the future, which could have an impact on S&T Bank’s earnings and capital levels. The prepayment for our quarterly assessments amounted to $21.1 million and will be recognized as expense over a three year period. As of December 31, 2011, $11.6 million remains prepaid for quarterly FDIC assessments.

 

PAGE 6


Table of Contents

Item 1.  BUSINESS — continued

 

 

On October 19, 2010, the Board of Directors of the FDIC adopted a new Restoration Plan to ensure that the DIF reserve ratio reaches 1.35 percent by September 30, 2020, as required by the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005, or the Reform Act. Among other things, the Restoration Plan provided that the FDIC would forego the uniform three basis point increase in initial assessment rates that was previously scheduled to take effect on January 1, 2011 and would maintain the current assessment rate schedule for all insured depository institutions until the reserve ratio reaches 1.15 percent. In February 2011, the FDIC Board of Directors adopted a final rule, Deposit Insurance Assessment Base, Assessment Rate Adjustments, Dividends, Assessment Rates and Large Bank Pricing Methodology, to redefine the deposit insurance assessment base as required by the Dodd-Frank Act, alter assessment rates, implement the Dodd-Frank Act’s DIF dividend provisions and revise the risk-based assessment system for all large insured depository institutions (those with at least $10.0 billion in total assets). Many of the changes were made as a result of provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act that were intended to shift more of the cost of raising the reserve ratio from institutions with less than $10.0 billion in assets (such as S&T Bank) to the larger banks. Except for the future assessment rate schedules, all changes went into effect April 1, 2011 and did not have a material effect upon our consolidated operating results. In addition to DIF assessments, the FDIC assesses all insured deposits a special assessment to fund the repayment of debt obligations of the Financing Corporation, or FICO. FICO is a government-sponsored entity that was formed to borrow the money necessary to carry out the closing and ultimate disposition of failed thrift institutions by the Resolution Trust Corporation in the 1990s. As of January 1, 2012, the annualized rate established by the FDIC for the FICO assessment was 0.66 basis points per $100 of insured deposits.

Under federal law, deposits and certain claims for administrative expenses and employee compensation against insured depository institutions are afforded a priority over other general unsecured claims against such an institution, including federal funds and letters of credit, in the liquidation or other resolution of such an institution by a receiver. Such priority creditors would include the FDIC.

 

Capital

 

The Federal Reserve Board and FDIC have issued substantially similar risk-based and leverage capital guidelines applicable to banking organizations they supervise. Under current capital guidelines, both S&T and S&T Bank are required to maintain certain capital standards based on ratios of capital to assets and capital to risk weighted assets. The guidelines define a bank’s total qualifying capital as having two components. Tier 1 capital, which must be at least 50 percent of total qualifying capital, is mainly comprised of common equity, retained earnings and qualifying preferred stock, less certain intangibles. Tier 2 capital may include the allowance for loan losses, or ALL, model loss up to a maximum of 1.25 percent of risk weighted assets, qualifying subordinated debt, qualifying preferred stock, hybrid capital instruments and up to 45 percent of net unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities. The guideline also defines the weights assigned to assets and off-balance sheet items to determine the risk weighted asset component of the risk-based capital ratios.

The Federal Reserve Board and FDIC have established minimum and well-capitalized standards for banks. The minimum capital standards are defined as a Tier 1 ratio of at least 4.00 percent, a Total capital ratio of at least 8.00 percent and a Leverage ratio of at least 3.00 percent. The Leverage ratio of 3.00 percent is for those bank and bank holding companies that meet certain specified criteria, including having received the highest regulatory rating and are not experiencing significant growth or expansion. All other banks and bank holding companies generally are required to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 100 to 200 basis points above the stated minimum. S&T and S&T Bank maintain capital levels to meet the well-capitalized regulatory standards, which are defined as a Tier 1 ratio of at least 6.00 percent, Total capital ratio of at least 10.00 percent and a Leverage ratio of at least 5.00 percent. At December 31, 2011 S&T’s Tier 1 capital, Total capital and Leverage ratios were 11.63

 

PAGE 7


Table of Contents

Item 1.  BUSINESS — continued

 

 

percent, 15.20 percent and 9.17 percent, respectively. At December 31, 2011 S&T Bank’s Tier 1, Total capital and Leverage ratios were 10.55 percent, 14.11 percent, and 8.30 percent, respectively.

Both the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC’s risk-based capital standards explicitly identify concentrations of credit risk and the risk arising from non-traditional activities, as well as an institution’s ability to manage these risks, as important factors to be taken into account by the agency in assessing an institution’s overall capital adequacy. The capital guidelines also provide that an institution’s exposure to a decline in the economic value of its capital due to changes in interest rates be considered by the agency as a factor in evaluating a bank’s capital adequacy. The Federal Reserve Board has also issued additional capital guidelines for certain bank holding companies that engage in trading activities. We do not believe that consideration of these additional factors will affect the regulators’ assessment of S&T or S&T Bank’s capital position. The Dodd-Frank Act contains a number of provisions intended to strengthen capital, including requiring minimum leverage and risk-based capital that are at least as stringent as those currently in effect. The regulations implementing these rules were finalized by the FDIC in June, 2011. Most of the finalized rules pertain to those institutions with more than $50 billion in assets. Also, upon the Designated Transfer Date, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the Federal Reserve Board to implement capital regulations that are countercyclical so that the amount of capital required to be maintained by us would increase in times of economic expansion and decrease in times of economic contraction, consistent with the safety and soundness of the company. Comments on the Federal Reserve Board’s proposal are due by March, 2012. In addition to the Dodd-Frank Act, the international oversight body of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, or Basel III, reached agreements in July, 2010 to increase the minimum common equity capital requirement for banks from 2.00 percent to 4.00 percent, along with a capital conservation buffer of 2.50 percent to bring total common equity capital requirements to 7.00 percent. The Basel III requirements will be phased in beginning January 1, 2013. Federal regulators periodically propose amendments to the risk-based capital guidelines and the related regulatory framework and consider changes to the capital standards that could significantly increase the amount of capital needed to meet applicable standards. The timing of adoption, ultimate form and effect of any such proposed amendments cannot be predicted.

 

Capital Purchase Program

 

On December 7, 2011, we redeemed all of the preferred stock that we sold to the federal government as part of the CPP. As a participant in the CPP, we completed the $108.7 million capital raise on January 16, 2009.

In connection with the issuance of the preferred stock to the U.S. Treasury in 2009, we also issued the U.S. Treasury a warrant to purchase 517,012 shares of our common stock at an initial per share exercise price of $31.53, with an estimated fair value of $4.0 million on the date of issuance. The warrant remains outstanding as of the date of the filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The warrant provides for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise pursuant to customary anti-dilution provisions. The U.S. Treasury agreed not to exercise voting power with respect to any shares of common stock issued upon exercise of the warrant. We did not repurchase the warrant concurrently with the redemption of the preferred stock. Unless we repurchase the warrant, it will remain outstanding and will expire 10 years from the issuance date.

Under changes made to the CPP by the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, we were able to redeem the Series A Preferred Stock, plus any accrued and unpaid dividends, at any time, subject to approval by banking regulatory agencies. The redemption of the preferred stock eliminates certain restrictions imposed on us by our participation in the CPP, including limitations on executive compensation and certain increases to our dividend payments. We used available cash to fund the repurchase of the preferred stock of $108.7 million and payment of the final dividend of $0.3 million.

 

PAGE 8


Table of Contents

Item 1.  BUSINESS — continued

 

 

Payment of Dividends

 

S&T is a legal entity separate and distinct from its banking and other subsidiaries. A substantial portion of our revenues consist of dividend payments we receive from S&T Bank. S&T Bank, in turn, is subject to state laws and regulations that limit the amount of dividends it can pay to S&T. In addition, both S&T and S&T Bank are subject to various general regulatory policies relating to the payment of dividends, including requirements to maintain adequate capital above regulatory minimums. The Federal Reserve Board has indicated that banking organizations should generally pay dividends only if (i) the organization’s net income available to common shareholders over the past year has been sufficient to fully fund the dividends and (ii) the prospective rate of earnings retention appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. Thus, under certain circumstances based upon our financial condition, our ability to declare and pay quarterly dividends may require consultation with the Federal Reserve Board and may be prohibited by applicable Federal Reserve Board regulations. If we were to pay a dividend in contravention of Federal Reserve regulations, the Federal Reserve could raise supervisory concerns. During the year ended December 31, 2011, S&T Bank paid $16.8 million in cash dividends to us for dividends paid to common shareholders.

 

Other Safety and Soundness Regulations

 

There are a number of obligations and restrictions imposed on bank holding companies such as us and our depository institution subsidiary by federal law and regulatory policy. These obligations and restrictions are designed to reduce potential loss exposure to the depositors of such depository institutions and to the FDIC insurance fund in the event the depository institution becomes in danger of default or is in default. Under current federal law for example, the federal banking agencies possess broad powers to take prompt corrective action to resolve problems of insured depository institutions. The extent of these powers depends upon whether the institution in question is “well-capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized,” as defined by the law. Under regulations established by the federal banking agencies, a “well-capitalized” institution must have a Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 6.00 percent, a Total capital ratio of at least 10.00 percent and a leverage ratio of at least 5.00 percent and must not be subject to a capital directive or order. An “adequately capitalized” institution must have a Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 4.00 percent, a Total capital ratio of at least 8.00 percent and a leverage ratio of at least 4.00 percent. The most highly-rated financial institutions minimum requirement for the leverage ratio is 3.00 percent. As of December 31, 2011, S&T and S&T Bank were classified as “well-capitalized.” The classification of depository institutions is primarily for the purpose of applying the federal banking agencies’ prompt corrective action provisions and is not intended to be and should not be interpreted as a representation of overall financial condition or prospects of any financial institution.

The federal banking agencies’ prompt corrective action powers (which increase depending upon the degree to which an institution is undercapitalized) can include, among other things, requiring an insured depository institution to adopt a capital restoration plan which cannot be approved unless guaranteed by the institution’s parent company; placing limits on asset growth and restrictions on activities, including restrictions on transactions with affiliates; restricting the interest rates the institution may pay on deposits; prohibiting the payment of principal or interest on subordinated debt; prohibiting the holding company from making capital distributions without prior regulatory approval; and, ultimately, appointing a receiver for the institution. For example, only a “well-capitalized” depository institution may accept brokered deposits without prior regulatory approval.

The federal banking agencies have also adopted guidelines prescribing safety and soundness standards relating to internal controls and information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, the guidelines require appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage

 

PAGE 9


Table of Contents

Item 1.  BUSINESS — continued

 

 

specified risks and exposures. The guidelines prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and characterize compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director or principal shareholder. In addition, the agencies have adopted regulations that authorize, but do not require an agency to order an institution that has been given notice by an agency that it is not in compliance with any of such safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan. If, after being so notified, an institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan, the agency must issue an order directing action to correct the deficiency and may issue an order directing other actions of the types to which an “undercapitalized” institution is subject under the prompt corrective action provisions described above.

 

Regulatory Enforcement Authority

 

The enforcement powers available to federal banking agencies are substantial and include, among other things and in addition to, other powers described herein, the ability to assess civil money penalties, to issue cease-and-desist or removal orders and to initiate injunctive actions against banks and bank holding companies and “institution affiliated parties,” as defined in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, or FDIA. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated for violations of laws and regulations, as well as engagement in unsafe or unsound practices. Other actions or inactions may provide the basis for enforcement action, including misleading or untimely reports filed with regulatory authorities.

At the state level, the PADB also has broad enforcement powers over S&T Bank, including the power to impose fines and other civil and criminal penalties and to appoint a conservator or receiver.

 

Interstate Banking and Branching

 

The BHCA currently permits bank holding companies from any state to acquire banks and bank holding companies located in any other state, subject to certain conditions, including certain nationwide and state-imposed deposit concentration limits. In addition, because of changes to law made by the Dodd-Frank Act, S&T Bank may now establish de novo interstate branches in any state to the same extent that a bank chartered in that state could establish a branch.

 

Community Reinvestment and Consumer Protection Laws

 

In connection with its lending activities, S&T Bank is subject to a number of federal laws designed to protect borrowers and promote lending to various sectors of the economy and population. These include, among other laws, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Truth-in-Lending Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act and the CRA. In addition, rules developed by the federal banking agencies pursuant to federal law require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent the disclosure of certain personal information to nonaffiliated third parties.

The CRA requires the appropriate federal banking agency, in connection with its examination of a bank, to assess the bank’s record in meeting the credit needs of the communities served by the bank, including low and moderate-income neighborhoods. Furthermore, such assessment also is required of any bank that has applied, among other things, to merge or consolidate with or acquire the assets or assume the liabilities of an insured depository institution, or to open or relocate a branch office. In the case of a bank holding company (including a financial holding company) applying for approval to acquire a bank or bank holding company, the Federal Reserve Board will assess the record of each subsidiary bank of the applicant bank holding company in considering the application. Under the CRA, institutions are assigned a rating of “outstanding,” “satisfactory,” “needs to improve” or “unsatisfactory.” S&T Bank was rated “satisfactory” in its most recent CRA evaluation.

 

PAGE 10


Table of Contents

Item 1.  BUSINESS — continued

 

 

Anti-Money Laundering Rules

 

S&T Bank is subject to the Bank Secrecy Act, its implementing regulations and other anti-money laundering laws and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act of 2001. Among other things, these laws and regulations require S&T Bank to take steps to prevent the use of S&T Bank to facilitate the flow of illegal or illicit money, to report large currency transactions and to file suspicious activity reports. S&T Bank is also required to develop and implement a comprehensive anti-money laundering compliance program. Banks must also have in place appropriate “know your customer” policies and procedures. Violations of these requirements can result in substantial civil and criminal sanctions. In addition, provisions of the USA Patriot Act of 2001 require the federal financial institution regulatory agencies to consider the effectiveness of a financial institution’s anti-money laundering activities when reviewing bank mergers and bank holding company acquisitions.

 

Government Actions and Legislation

 

The Dodd-Frank Act will significantly change the current bank regulatory structure and affect the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies, including S&T and S&T Bank. The Dodd-Frank Act contains a number of provisions intended to strengthen capital. Refer to Capital within Item 1 for additional information. For example, the federal banking agencies are directed to establish minimum leverage and risk-based capital that are at least as stringent as those currently in effect.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new rules and regulations, and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. The federal agencies are given significant discretion in drafting the implementing rules and regulations, and consequently, many of the details and much of the impact of the Act may not be known for many months or years. The Dodd-Frank Act also contains provisions that expand the insurance assessment base and increase the scope of deposit insurance coverage.

Among other provisions, the SEC has enacted rules, required by the Dodd-Frank Act, giving stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and so-called “golden parachute” payments. The Dodd-Frank Act also authorizes the SEC to promulgate rules that would allow stockholders to nominate their own candidates for election as directors using a company’s proxy materials. The legislation also directs the federal financial institution regulatory agencies to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation being paid to financial institution executives.

The Dodd-Frank Act also created the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, or CFPB that took over responsibility on July 21, 2011 of the principal federal consumer protection laws, such as the Truth in Lending Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and the Truth in Saving Act, among others. Institutions that have assets of $10.0 billion or less, such as S&T, will continue to be supervised in this area by their state and primary federal regulators (in the case of S&T Bank, the FDIC). The Act also gives the CFPB expanded data collection powers for fair lending purposes for both small business and mortgage loans, as well as expanded authority to prevent unfair, deceptive and abusive practices. The consumer complaint function also will be consolidated into the CFPB. The CFPB established an Office for Community Banks and Credit Unions, with a mission to ensure that the CFPB incorporates the perspectives of small depository institutions into the policy-making process, communicate relevant policy initiatives to community banks and credit unions and work with community banks and credit unions to identify potential areas for regulatory simplification. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act required the Federal Reserve Board to adopt a rule addressing interchange fees applicable to debit card transactions. This rule, Regulation II, effective October 1, 2011, does not apply to banks with less than $10.0 billion in assets. Since the rule has been in effect for only three months as of the date of this report, it is not yet known if the rule may have the practical effect of reducing fees that smaller banks (like S&T Bank) may charge.

 

PAGE 11


Table of Contents

Item 1.  BUSINESS — continued

 

 

There have been delays in the rulemaking processes of the various federal agencies responsible for enacting the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. As of December 31, 2011, less than 22 percent of the rulemaking requirements have been finalized, with only another 38.8 percent proposed. Not all of the Dodd-Frank Act provisions remaining to be finalized apply to banks the size of S&T Bank and, as a result, we cannot predict the ultimate impact of the Act on S&T or S&T Bank at this time, including the extent to which it could increase costs or limit our ability to pursue business opportunities in an efficient manner, or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Nor can we predict the impact or substance of other future legislation or regulation. However, it is expected that they, at a minimum, will increase our operating and compliance costs.

Federal and state regulatory agencies consistently propose and adopt changes to their regulations or change the manner in which existing regulations are applied. We cannot predict the substance or impact of pending or future legislation or regulation, or the application thereof, although enactment of the proposed legislation could affect how S&T and S&T Bank operate and could significantly increase costs, impede the efficiency of internal business processes, or limit our ability to pursue business opportunities in an efficient manner, any of which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Competition

 

S&T Bank competes with other local, regional and national financial service providers, such as other financial holding companies, commercial banks, savings associations, credit unions, finance companies and brokerage and insurance firms. Some of our competitors are not subject to the same level of regulation and oversight that is required of banks and bank holding companies, and are thus able to operate under lower cost structures.

Changes in bank regulation, such as changes in the products and services banks can offer and involvement in non-banking activities by bank holding companies, as well as bank mergers and acquisitions, can affect our ability to compete successfully. Legislation and regulations have also expanded the activities in which depository institutions may engage. Our ability to compete successfully will depend upon how successfully we can respond to the evolving competitive, regulatory, technological and demographic developments affecting our operations.

We face significant competition in both originating loans and attracting deposits. The western Pennsylvania area has a high density of financial institutions, some of which are significantly larger institutions with greater financial resources than us, and many of which are our competitors to varying degrees. Our competition for loans comes principally from commercial banks, savings associations, mortgage banking companies, credit unions, brokerage and insurance companies and other financial service companies. Our most direct competition for deposits has historically come from commercial banks, savings banks and credit unions. We face additional competition for deposits from non-depository competitors such as the mutual fund industry, securities and brokerage firms and insurance companies. Because larger competitors have advantages in attracting business from larger corporations, we do not generally compete for that business. Instead, we concentrate our efforts on attracting the business of individuals and small and medium-size businesses. We generally compete on the basis of customer service and responsiveness to customer needs, the convenience of banking offices and hours, and the availability and pricing of our products and services. We emphasize personalized banking and the advantage of local decision-making in our banking business and this strategy appears to have been well received in our market area.

The financial service industry is likely to become more competitive as further technological advances enable more companies to provide financial services on a more efficient and convenient basis. Technological innovations have lowered traditional barriers of entry and enabled many of these companies to compete in financial services markets. Many customers now expect a choice of banking options for the delivery of services, including traditional banking offices, telephone, mail, internet,

 

PAGE 12


Table of Contents

Item 1.  BUSINESS — continued

 

 

mobile banking, ATMs, self-service branches, and/or in-store branches. These products are offered by traditional banks and savings associations, as well as credit unions, brokerage firms, asset management groups, finance and insurance companies, internet-based companies, and mortgage banking firms. We believe that our current market area, consisting primarily of western Pennsylvania, provides long-term opportunity for growth in deposits and commercial lending. Commercial and residential real estate values in our market appear to have stabilized. The national and local economies still remain fragile with high unemployment rates. Business conditions remain subdued and that uncertainty is serving to limit both consumer and corporate spending in our area.

 

Item 1A.  RISK FACTORS

 

 

Investments in our common stock involve risk. The following discussion highlights the risks that we believe are material to our company, but does not necessarily include all risks that we may face.

 

The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors.

 

Our quarterly and annual operating results have varied significantly in the past and could vary significantly in the future, which makes it difficult for us to predict our future operating results. Our operating results may fluctuate due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, including the changing and recently volatile U.S. economic environment and changes in the commercial and residential real estate market, any of which may cause our stock price to fluctuate. If our operating results fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Our stock price can fluctuate significantly in response to a variety of factors including, among other things:

 

   

volatility of stock market prices and volumes in general;

   

changes in market valuations of similar companies;

   

changes in conditions in credit markets;

   

changes in accounting policies or procedures as required by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, or other regulatory agencies;

   

legislative and regulatory actions (including the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act and related regulations) subject us to additional regulatory oversight which may result in increased compliance costs and/or require us to change our business model;

   

government intervention in the U.S. financial system and the effects of and changes in trade and monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including the interest rate policies of the Federal Reserve Board;

   

additions or departures of key members of management;

   

fluctuations in our quarterly or annual operating results; and

   

changes in analysts’ estimates of our financial performance.

 

Risks Related to Credit

 

Our ability to assess the credit worthiness of our customers may diminish, which may adversely affect our results of operations.

 

We take credit risk by virtue of making loans and extending loan commitments and letters of credit. Our exposure to credit risk is managed through the use of consistent underwriting standards that emphasize “in-market” lending while avoiding highly leveraged transactions as well as excessive industry and other concentrations. Our credit administration function employs risk management techniques to ensure that loans adhere to corporate policy and problem loans are promptly identified. There can be no assurance that such measures will be effective in avoiding undue credit risk. If the models and approaches we use to select, manage and underwrite our consumer and commercial

 

PAGE 13


Table of Contents

Item 1A.  RISK FACTORS — continued

 

 

customers become less predictive of future charge-offs (due, for example, to rapid changes in the economy, including the unemployment rate), our credit losses may increase.

 

The value of the collateral used to secure our loans may not be sufficient to compensate for the amount of an unpaid loan and we may be unsuccessful in recovering the remaining balance from our customers.

 

Decreases in real estate values, particularly with respect to our commercial lending and mortgage activities, could adversely affect the value of property used as collateral for our loans and our customers’ ability to repay these loans, which in turn could impact our profitability. Repayment of our commercial loans is often dependent on the cash flow of the borrower, which may become unpredictable in the current economy. If the value of the assets, such as real estate, serving as collateral for the loan portfolio were to decline materially, a significant part of the loan portfolio could become under-collateralized. If the loans that are secured by real estate become troubled when real estate market conditions are declining or have declined, in the event of foreclosure, we may not be able to realize the amount of collateral that was anticipated at the time of originating the loan. This could result in higher charges which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

 

Changes in the overall credit quality of our portfolio can have a significant impact on our earnings.

 

Like other lenders, we face the risk that our customers will not repay their loans. We reserve for losses in our loan portfolio based on our assessment of inherent credit losses. This process, which is critical to our financial results and condition, requires complex judgments, including our assessment of economic conditions, which are difficult to predict. Through a periodic review of the loan portfolio, management determines the amount of the ALL by considering historical losses combined with qualitative factors including general and regional economic conditions, asset quality trends, loan policy and underwriting and changes in loan concentrations and collateral values. The amount of future losses is susceptible to changes in economic, operating and other conditions, including changes in interest rates, which may be beyond our control. We may underestimate our inherent losses and fail to hold an ALL sufficient to account for these losses. Incorrect assumptions could lead to material underestimates of inherent losses and inadequate ALL. As our assessment of inherent losses changes, we may need to increase or decrease our ALL, which could adversely impact our financial results and profitability.

 

Our loan portfolio is concentrated in western Pennsylvania, and our lack of geographic diversification increases our risk profile.

 

The regional economic conditions in western Pennsylvania affects the demand for our products and services as well as the ability of our customers to repay their loans and the value of the collateral securing these loans. We are less able than a larger institution to spread the risks of unfavorable local economic conditions across a large number of diversified economies. A significant decline in the regional economy caused by inflation, recession, unemployment or other factors could adversely affect our customers, the quality of our loan portfolio and the demand for our products and services. Any sustained period of increased payment delinquencies, foreclosures or losses caused by adverse market or economic conditions in our market area could adversely affect the value of our assets, revenues, results of operations and financial condition. Moreover, we cannot give any assurance we will benefit from any market growth or favorable economic conditions in our primary market area.

 

PAGE 14


Table of Contents

Item 1A.  RISK FACTORS — continued

 

 

A significant portion of our loan portfolio includes commercial real estate loans that have higher risks, and we may experience higher credit losses.

 

The majority of our loans are to commercial borrowers. The commercial real estate segment of our loan portfolio has been more adversely impacted by the continuing economic downturn. Commercial real estate lending typically involves higher loan principal amounts, and the repayment of these loans generally are dependent, in large part, on sufficient income from the properties securing the loans to cover operating expenses and debt service. Because payments on loans secured by commercial real estate often depend upon the successful operating and management of the properties, repayment of these loans may be affected by factors outside the borrower’s control, including adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. Additionally, we have a number of significant loans to commercial borrowers, and while the majority of these borrowers have numerous projects that make up the total aggregate exposure, if one or more of these borrowers defaults or has financial difficulties, we could experience higher credit losses, which could adversely impact our results of operations.

 

Risks Related to Interest Rates and Investments

 

Our net interest income could be negatively affected by interest rate changes or by significant loan prepayments, which may adversely affect our financial condition.

 

Our results of operations are largely dependent on net interest income, which is the difference between the interest and fees earned on interest-earning assets and the interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities. We may have mismatches between the maturity and repricing of our assets and liabilities that could cause the net interest rate spread to compress, depending on the level and type of changes in the interest rate environment. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control, including general economic conditions and the policies of various governmental agencies. In addition, our customers often have the ability to prepay loans or redeem deposits with either no penalties, or penalties that are insufficient to compensate us for the lost income. If customers continue to prepay loans at a higher rate, we may not be able to recover the lost revenues, which may affect our results of operations. A significant reduction in our net interest income will adversely affect our business and results of operations. If we are unable to manage interest rate risk effectively, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially harmed.

 

Declines in the value of investment securities held by us could require write-downs, which would reduce our earnings.

 

In order to diversify earnings and enhance liquidity, we own both debt and equity instruments of government agencies, municipalities and other companies. We may be required to record impairment charges on our investment securities if they suffer a decline in value that is considered other-than-temporary. Additionally, the value of these investments may fluctuate depending on the interest rate environment, general economic conditions and circumstances specific to the issuer. Volatile market conditions may detrimentally affect the value of these securities, such as through reduced valuations due to the perception of heightened credit or liquidity risks. Changes in the value of these instruments may result in a reduction to earnings and/or capital, which may adversely affect our results of operations.

 

PAGE 15


Table of Contents

Item 1A.  RISK FACTORS — continued

 

 

The crisis in both the United States and international banking markets has adversely affected our industry, including our business, and may continue to have an adverse effect on our business and reputation in the future.

 

This economic turmoil and tightening of credit have led to an increased level of commercial and consumer delinquencies, lack of consumer confidence, increased market volatility and widespread reduction of business activity generally. The resulting economic pressure on consumers and the lack of confidence in the financial markets have adversely affected our business, financial condition and results of operations. Market developments may affect consumer confidence levels and may cause adverse changes in payment patterns, causing increases in delinquencies and default rates, which may impact our charge-offs and provision for credit losses. A worsening of these conditions may increase the adverse effects of these difficult market conditions on us, and may harm the reputation of banks in general and our reputation with our customers and investors.

 

Risks Related to Liquidity

 

We rely on a stable core deposit base and high quality unpledged liquid assets as our primary sources of liquidity.

 

We are dependent for our funding on a stable base of core deposits and high quality unpledged assets including cash held on deposit at the Federal Reserve. Our ability to maintain a stable core deposit base is a function of our financial performance, our reputation and the security provided by FDIC insurance, which combined, gives customers confidence in us. If any of these items are damaged or come into question, the stability of our core deposits could be harmed. If these investments lose value or can not be sold in an orderly fashion, it could harm our ability to meet our obligations.

 

Our ability to meet contingency funding needs, in the event of a crisis that causes a disruption to our core deposit base, is dependent on access to wholesale markets, including funds provided by the FHLB of Pittsburgh.

 

We own common stock of the FHLB in order to qualify for membership in the FHLB system, which enables us to borrow funds under the FHLB advance program. Changes or disruptions to the FHLB or the FHLB system in general may materially impair our ability to meet short and long-term liquidity needs or meet growth plans. In the event of a system-wide shock or a deterioration in our financial condition, the stability of our core deposit base could deteriorate, our access to funding from the FHLB could be restricted, or both. Without access to adequate funding we will have difficulty operating day to day, which could ultimately impact our ability to continue operations.

 

If our FHLB line of credit is restricted, our ability to meet our obligations to our customers could be materially affected.

 

We have a line of credit with the FHLB that is secured by a blanket lien on our loan portfolio. Access to this line of credit is critical if a funding need arises. However, we cannot be assured that the FHLB will be able to provide funding to us when needed, nor can we be certain that the FHLB will provide funds specifically to us, should our financial condition and/or our regulators prevent that access. The inability to access these sources of funds could have a materially adverse effect on our ability to meet our customer’s needs. Our financial flexibility could be severely constrained if we were unable to maintain our access to funding or if adequate financing is not available at acceptable interest rates. The failure of the FHLB or the FHLB system in general, may materially impair our ability to meet short and long term liquidity needs or to meet growth plans.

 

PAGE 16


Table of Contents

Item 1A.  RISK FACTORS — continued

 

 

Risks Related to Our Operations

 

An interruption or breach in security of our information systems may result in financial losses or in a loss of customers.

 

We depend upon data processing, communication and information exchange on a variety of computing platforms and networks, including the internet. We cannot be certain that all of our systems are entirely free from vulnerability to attack, despite safeguards we have instituted. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions or security breaches of our information systems could result in a material adverse impact to our business, financial condition and results of operations through damage to our reputation, loss of customer business, additional regulatory scrutiny or exposure to civil litigation and possible financial liability. Losses arising from such a breach could materially exceed the amount of insurance coverage we have, which could adversely affect our results of operation.

 

We rely on third-party providers and other suppliers for a number of services that are important to our business. An interruption or cessation of an important service by any third party could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

We are dependent for the majority of our technology, including our core operating system, on third party providers. If these companies were to discontinue providing services to us, we may experience significant disruption to our business. If any of our third party service providers experience financial, operational or technological difficulties, or if there is any other disruption in our relationships with them, we may be required to locate alternative sources of such services. Assurance cannot be provided that we could negotiate terms with alternative service sources that are as favorable or could obtain services with similar functionality as found in existing systems without the need to expend substantial resources, if at all, thereby resulting in a material adverse impact on our business and results of operations.

 

Risks Related to Regulatory Compliance and Legal Matters

 

Recent legislation enacted in response to market and economic conditions may significantly affect our operations, financial condition and earnings.

 

Disruptions in the financial system during the past three years have resulted in significantly reduced business activity throughout the global and U.S. economies, which have the potential to significantly affect financial institutions. The Dodd-Frank Act was enacted as a major reformatory response to this financial crisis. The Dodd-Frank Act increases regulation and oversight of the financial services industry, and imposes restrictions on the ability of institutions within the industry to conduct business consistent with historical practices, including aspects such as capital requirements, affiliate transactions, compensation, consumer protection regulations and mortgage regulation, among others. It is not clear what impact the Dodd-Frank Act and the numerous implementing regulations will have on the financial markets or on the U.S. banking and financial services industries and the broader U.S. and global economies. They may increase our costs of regulatory compliance and of doing business and otherwise affect our operations, and will likely result in additional costs and a diversion of management’s time from other business activities, any of which may adversely impact our results of operations, liquidity or financial condition. They also may significantly affect the markets in which we do business, the markets for and value of our investments and our ongoing operations, costs and profitability.

 

PAGE 17


Table of Contents

Item 1A.  RISK FACTORS — continued

 

 

Our deposit insurance premiums have decreased but may increase in the future, which could have a material adverse impact on our future earnings and financial condition.

 

The FDIC insures deposits at FDIC-insured financial institutions, including S&T Bank. The FDIC charges insured financial institutions premiums to maintain the DIF at a specific level. The Bank’s FDIC insurance premiums recently decreased after substantial increases beginning in 2009, but we may pay significantly higher premiums in the future. Current economic conditions have increased bank failures and additional failures are expected, all of which decrease the DIF. The Dodd-Frank Act increased the minimum target DIF ratio from 1.15 percent of estimated insured deposits to 1.35 percent of estimated insured deposits. The FDIC must seek to achieve the 1.35 percent ratio by September 30, 2020. Insured institutions with assets of $10 billion or more are supposed to fund the increase. The FDIC has issued regulations to implement these provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. It has, in addition, established a higher reserve ratio of 2 percent as a long-term goal beyond what is required by statute. There is no implementation deadline for the 2 percent ratio. The FDIC may increase the assessment rates or impose additional special assessments in the future to keep the DIF at the statutory target level. Any increase in our FDIC premiums could have an adverse effect on the Bank’s profits and financial condition. Refer to Supervision and Regulation within Item 1 of this Report for additional information.

 

Future governmental regulation and legislation could limit our growth.

 

We are subject to extensive state and federal regulation, supervision and legislation that govern nearly every aspect of our operations. The regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors, customers and the banking system as a whole, not shareholders. Failure to comply with applicable regulations could lead to penalties and damage to our reputation. Furthermore, as shown through the Dodd-Frank Act, the regulatory environment is constantly undergoing change and the impact of changes to laws, the rapid implementation of regulations, the interpretation of such laws or regulations or other actions by existing or new regulatory agencies could make regulatory compliance more difficult or expensive, and thus could affect our ability to deliver or expand services, or it could diminish the value of our business. The ramifications and uncertainties of the recent increase in government intervention in the U.S. financial system could also adversely affect us. Refer to Supervision and Regulation within Item 1 of this report for additional information.

 

Negative public opinion could damage our reputation and adversely impact our earnings and liquidity.

 

Reputational risk, or the risk to our business, earnings, liquidity and capital from negative public opinion, could result from our actual or alleged conduct in a variety of areas, including legal and regulatory compliance, lending practices, corporate governance, litigation, ethical issues or inadequate protection of customer information. We expend significant resources to comply with regulatory requirements, and the failure to comply with such regulations could result in reputational harm or significant legal or remedial costs. Damage to our reputation could adversely affect our ability to retain and attract new customers and adversely impact our earnings and liquidity

 

We may be a defendant from time to time in a variety of litigation and other actions, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

From time to time, customers and others make claims and take legal action pertaining to the performance of our responsibilities. Additionally, the current economic downturn has resulted in higher customer defaults and a resultant increase in litigation. Whether customer claims and legal action related to the performance of our responsibilities are founded or unfounded, or if such claims and legal actions are not resolved in a manner favorable to us, they may result in significant expenses,

 

PAGE 18


Table of Contents

Item 1A.  RISK FACTORS — continued

 

 

attention from management and financial liability. Any financial liability or reputational damage could have a material adverse effect on our business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Risks Related to Our Business Strategy

 

Our strategy includes growth plans through organic growth and acquisitions. Our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively affected if we fail to grow or fail to manage our growth effectively.

 

We intend to continue pursuing a growth strategy, which may include organic growth, expansion or acquisitions. We cannot assure you that we will be able to expand our market presence in our existing markets or successfully enter new markets or that any such expansion will not adversely affect our results of operations. Failure to manage our growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, future prospects, financial condition or results of operations and could adversely affect our ability to successfully implement our business strategy. Our organic growth strategy includes an internal reorganization of our business structure to a market-based approach from a product-based approach. There is no assurance that this internal reorganization will be successful, and if not executed as planned, it may adversely affect our results of operations.

Our failure to find suitable acquisition candidates, or successfully bid against other competitors for acquisitions, could adversely affect our ability to successfully implement our business strategy. If we are successful in acquiring other entities, the process of integrating such entities will divert significant management time and resources. We may not be able to integrate successfully or operate profitably any financial institutions we may acquire. We may experience disruption and incur unexpected expenses in integrating acquisitions. These failures could adversely impact our future prospects and results of operation.

 

We are subject to competition from both banks and non-banking companies.

 

The financial services industry is highly competitive, and we encounter strong competition for deposits, loans and other financial services in our market area. Our principal competitors include commercial banks of all types, finance companies, credit unions, mortgage brokers, insurance agencies, trust companies and various sellers of investments and investment advice. Many of our non-bank competitors are not subject to the same degree of regulation as we are and have advantages over us in providing certain services. Additionally, many of our competitors are significantly larger than we are and have greater access to capital and other resources. Failure to compete effectively for deposit, loan and other banking customers in our markets could cause us to lose market share, slow our growth rate and may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We may be required to raise capital in the future, but that capital may not be available or may not be on acceptable terms when it is needed.

 

We are required by federal regulatory authorities to maintain adequate capital levels to support operations. Our ability to raise additional capital is dependent on capital market conditions at that time and on our financial performance and outlook. Pending regulatory changes, such as the Dodd-Frank Act, may require us to have more capital than was previously required. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, we may not be able to meet these requirements, and our ability to further expand our operations through organic growth or through acquisitions may be adversely affected.

 

PAGE 19


Table of Contents

Item 1A.  RISK FACTORS — continued

 

 

The Warrant we issued to the U.S. Treasury may be dilutive to holders of our common stock.

 

The ownership interest of the existing holders of our common stock may be diluted to the extent the warrant we issued to the U.S. Treasury in connection with the sale to the U.S. Treasury of the Series A Preferred Stock is exercised. Although we redeemed all of the outstanding preferred stock previously issued to the U.S. Treasury, we did not repurchase the outstanding warrant and it will remain outstanding until 2019 or until we repurchase it. The shares of common stock underlying the warrant represent approximately 1.80 percent of the shares of our common stock outstanding as of January 31, 2012 (including the shares issuable upon exercise of the warrant in total shares outstanding). Although the U.S. Treasury has agreed not to vote any of the shares of common stock it receives upon exercise of the warrant, a transferee of any portion of the warrant or of any shares of common stock acquired upon exercise of the warrant is not bound by this restriction.

 

Our ability to pay dividends on our common stock may be limited.

 

Holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive only such dividends as our Board of Directors may declare out of funds legally available for such payments. Although we have historically declared cash dividends on our common stock, we are not required to do so and our Board of Directors could reduce, suspend or eliminate our dividend at any time. Any decrease or elimination to the dividends on our common stock could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

 

We may fail to realize all of the anticipated benefits of the acquisition of Mainline Bancorp, Inc.

 

The success of the merger with Mainline will depend, in part, on our ability to realize the anticipated benefits and cost savings from combining the businesses of S&T and Mainline. However, to realize these anticipated benefits and cost savings, we must successfully combine our business and the businesses of Mainline. If we are not able to achieve these objectives, the anticipated benefits and cost savings of the merger may not be realized fully or at all, or may take longer to realize than expected.

 

Item 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

 

There are no unresolved SEC staff comments.

 

Item 2.  PROPERTIES

 

 

We own a four-story building in Indiana, Pennsylvania, located at 800 Philadelphia Street, which serves as our headquarters, executive and administrative offices. Our Community Banking, Wealth Management and the executive office of the Insurance segment are also located at our headquarters. Additionally, we lease a building in Indiana, Pennsylvania that serves as our data processing and technology center and own a two-story building directly behind it that serves as additional administrative offices.

Community Banking has 49 branches located in nine counties in Pennsylvania, of which 32 are owned and 17 are leased. Community Banking also leases one office to Insurance. Wealth Management leases one office, located in Allegheny County, Pennsylvania. Wealth Management also has several staff located within the Community Banking offices to provide their services to retail customers. Insurance leases three offices located in three counties in Pennsylvania. Insurance also has three staff located within the Community Banking offices in Jefferson and Blair counties. The operating and capital leases for Community Banking, Wealth Management and Insurance expire at various dates through the year 2054 and generally include options to renew. For additional information regarding the lease commitments, refer to Note 9 Premises and Equipment in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Item 8 of this Report.

 

PAGE 20


Table of Contents

Item 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

 

The nature of our business generates a certain amount of litigation involving matters arising in the ordinary course of business. However, in management’s opinion, there are no proceedings pending to which we are a party or to which our property is subject, which, if determined adversely to us, would be material in relation to our shareholders’ equity or financial condition. In addition, no material proceedings are pending nor are known to be threatened or contemplated against us by governmental authorities or other parties.

 

Item 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

 

 

Not applicable.

 

PAGE 21


Table of Contents

PART II

 

Item 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

 

Stock Prices and Dividend Information

 

Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market System or NASDAQ under the symbol STBA. The range of sale prices for the years 2011 and 2010 is set forth in the table below and is based upon information obtained from NASDAQ. As of the close of business on January 31, 2012, we had 2,990 shareholders of record. Dividends paid by S&T are primarily provided from S&T Bank’s dividends to S&T. The payment of dividends by S&T Bank to S&T is subject to the restrictions described in Item 8, Note 5, Dividend and Loan Restrictions of this Report. The cash dividends declared per share are shown below.

 

     Price Range of
Common Stock
     Cash
Dividends
Declared
 
2011    Low      High     

Fourth quarter

   $ 15.21       $ 20.67       $ 0.15   

Third quarter

     15.21         19.46         0.15   

Second quarter

     16.65         22.23         0.15   

First quarter

     20.90         23.86         0.15   
2010                        

Fourth quarter

   $ 17.00       $ 23.91       $ 0.15   

Third quarter

     16.64         22.29         0.15   

Second quarter

     19.52         25.84         0.15   

First quarter

     15.75         22.22         0.15   

 

PAGE 22


Table of Contents

Item 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES – continued

 

 

Five-Year Cumulative Total Return

 

The following chart compares the cumulative total shareholder return on our common stock with the cumulative total shareholder return of the NASDAQ Composite Index and NASDAQ Bank Index(1) assuming a $100 investment in each on December 31, 2006.

 

LOGO

 

          Period Ending  
Index          12/31/06      12/31/07      12/31/08      12/31/09      12/31/10      12/31/11  

S&T Bancorp, Inc.

      $ 100.00       $ 82.81       $ 110.45       $ 54.95       $ 75.15       $ 67.03   

NASDAQ Composite

        100.00         110.66         66.42         96.54         114.06         113.16   

NASDAQ Bank

        100.00         80.09         62.84         52.60         60.04         53.74   

 

(1) 

The NASDAQ Bank Index contains securities of NASDAQ-listed companies classified according to the Industry Classification Benchmark as Banks. These companies include banks providing a broad range of financial services, including retail banking, loans and money transmissions.

 

PAGE 23


Table of Contents

Item 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

 

The tables below summarize selected consolidated financial data as of the dates or for the periods indicated and should be read in conjunction with Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in Item 7 and the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes in Item 8 of this Report.

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

December 31    2011      2010      2009      2008      2007  
(in thousands)                                   

Total assets

   $ 4,119,994       $ 4,114,339       $ 4,170,475       $ 4,438,368       $ 3,407,621   

Securities available-for-sale

     357,596         288,025         354,860         452,713         358,822   

Goodwill

     165,273         165,273         165,167         163,546         50,087   

Net loans

     3,083,768         3,312,540         3,344,827         3,526,027         2,762,594   

Total deposits

     3,335,859         3,317,524         3,304,541         3,228,416         2,621,825   

Securities sold under repurchase agreements and federal funds purchased

     30,370         40,653         44,935         113,419         100,258   

Short-term borrowings

     75,000                 51,300         308,475         80,000   

Long-term borrowings

     31,874         29,365         85,894         180,331         201,021   

Junior subordinated debt securities

     90,619         90,619         90,619         90,619         25,000   

Preferred stock, series A

             106,137         105,370                   

Total shareholders’ equity

     490,526         578,665         553,318         448,694         337,560   

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

Years Ended December 31    2011      2010      2009     2008      2007  
(in thousands, except per share data)                                  

Interest income

   $ 165,079       $ 180,419       $ 195,087      $ 216,118       $ 215,605   

Interest expense

     27,733         34,573         49,105        72,171         99,167   

Provision for loan losses

     15,609         29,511         72,354        12,878         5,812   

Net Interest Income After Provision for Loan Losses

     121,737         116,335         73,628        131,069         110,626   

Noninterest income

     44,057         47,210         38,580        37,452         40,605   

Noninterest expense

     103,908         105,633         108,126        83,801         73,460   

Income Before Taxes

     61,886         57,912         4,082        84,720         77,771   

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     14,622         14,432         (3,869     24,517         21,627   

Net Income

     47,264         43,480         7,951        60,203         56,144   

Preferred stock dividends and discount amortization

     7,611         6,201         5,913                  

Net Income Available to Common Shareholders

   $ 39,653       $ 37,279       $ 2,038      $ 60,203       $ 56,144   

Per Share Data

                                           

Earnings per common share—basic

   $ 1.41       $ 1.34       $ 0.07      $ 2.30       $ 2.27   

Earnings per common share—diluted

     1.41         1.34         0.07        2.28         2.26   

Dividends declared per common share

     0.60         0.60         0.61        1.24         1.21   

Common book value

     17.44         16.91         16.14        16.24         13.75   

 

PAGE 24


Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

 

This section reviews our financial condition and results of operations for each of the past three years. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior periods to place them on a basis comparable with the current period presentation. Some tables may include additional time periods to illustrate trends within our financial statements. The results of operations reported in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in future periods.

 

Important Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

 

This Report on Form 10-K contains or incorporates statements that we believe are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements generally relate to our financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance or business. They usually can be identified by the use of forward-looking language such as “will likely result,” “may,” “are expected to,” “is anticipated,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “projected,” “intends to” or other similar words. You should not place undue reliance on these statements, as they are subject to risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to, those identified under Risk Factors in Item 1A of this Report, the documents incorporated by reference or other important factors disclosed in this report and from time to time in our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. When considering these forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind these risks and uncertainties, as well as any cautionary statements we may make. Moreover, you should treat these statements as speaking only as of the date they are made and based only on information actually known to us at that time. We undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

These forward-looking statements are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about our business, management’s beliefs and assumptions made by management. These Future Factors, are not guarantees of our future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions, which are difficult to predict. Therefore, actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what is expressed or forecasted in these forward-looking statements.

Future Factors include:

 

   

changes in interest rates, spreads on interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, the shape of the yield curve and interest rate sensitivity;

   

a prolonged period of low interest rates;

   

credit losses;

   

access to capital in the amounts, at the times and on the terms required to support our future businesses;

   

legislation affecting the financial services industry as a whole, and/or S&T Bancorp, Inc., or S&T, in particular, including the effects of the Dodd-Frank Act;

   

regulatory supervision and oversight, including required capital levels, and public policy changes, including environmental regulations;

   

increasing price and product/service competition, including new entrants;

   

rapid technological developments and changes;

   

the ability to continue to introduce competitive new products and services on a timely, cost-effective basis;

   

continued deterioration of the housing market and reduced demand for mortgages;

   

containing costs and expenses;

   

reliance on large customers;

   

the outcome of pending and future litigation and governmental proceedings;

   

managing our internal growth and acquisitions;

   

the possibility that the anticipated benefits from our proposed acquisition of Mainline cannot be fully realized in a timely manner or at all, or that integrating the acquired operations will be more difficult, disruptive or costly than anticipated;

 

PAGE 25


Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued

 

 

   

general economic or business conditions, either nationally or regionally in western Pennsylvania, may be less favorable than expected, resulting in among other things, a reduced demand for credit and other services;

   

a decline in market capitalization to common book value, which could warrant further analysis of the carrying value of goodwill and could result in an adjustment to its carrying value resulting in a non-cash charge to net income; and

   

a continuation of recent turbulence in significant portions of the global financial and real estate markets could impact our performance, both directly, by affecting our revenues and the value of our assets and liabilities and indirectly, by affecting the economy generally.

These are representative of the Future Factors that could affect the outcome of the forward-looking statements. In addition, such statements could be affected by general industry and market conditions and growth rates, general economic conditions, including interest rate and currency exchange rate fluctuations and other Future Factors.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. Application of these principles requires management to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes. These estimates, assumptions and judgments are based on information available as of the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements; accordingly, as this information changes, the Consolidated Financial Statements could reflect different estimates, assumptions and judgments. Certain policies inherently are based to a greater extent on estimates, assumptions and judgments of management and, as such, have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported.

Our most significant accounting policies are presented in Note 1 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which are included in Item 8 of this Report. These policies, along with the disclosures presented in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, provide information on how significant assets and liabilities are valued in the Consolidated Financial Statements and how those values are determined.

We view critical accounting policies to be those which are highly dependent on subjective or complex estimates, assumptions and judgments and where changes in those estimates and assumptions could have a significant impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements. We currently view the determination of the allowance for loan losses, or ALL, income taxes, securities valuation and goodwill and other intangible assets to be critical accounting policies.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

Our loan portfolio is our largest category of assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Accordingly, we have designed a systematic ALL methodology which is used to determine our provision for loan losses and ALL on a quarterly basis. The ALL represents management’s estimate of probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date and is presented as a reserve against loans in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The ALL is increased by a provision charged to expense and reduced by charge-offs, net of recoveries. Determination of an adequate ALL is inherently subjective, as it requires estimations of the occurrence of future events, as well as the timing of such events. The ALL may be subject to significant changes from period to period.

The methodology for determining the ALL has two main components: evaluation and impairment tests of individual loans and evaluation and impairment tests of certain groups of homogeneous loans with similar risk characteristics.

 

PAGE 26


Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued

 

 

We individually evaluate all substandard and nonaccrual commercial loans greater than $0.5 million for impairment. A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. For all troubled debt restructurings, or TDRs, regardless of size, as well as all other impaired loans, we conduct further analysis to determine the probable loss and assign a specific reserve to the loan if deemed appropriate. Specific reserves are established based upon the following three impairment methods: 1) the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, 2) the loan’s observable market price or 3) the estimated fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. These analyses involve a high degree of judgment in estimating the amount of loss associated with specific impaired loans, including estimating the amount and timing of future cash flows, current estimated fair value of the loan and collateral values. Our impairment evaluations consist primarily of the fair value of collateral method since most loans are collateral dependents.

The ALL methodology for groups of homogeneous loans, known as the general reserve, is comprised of both a quantitative and qualitative analysis. We first apply historical loss rates to pools of loans with similar risk characteristics. The historical loss rates are calculated by historical charge-offs that have occurred within each pool of loans over the loss emergence period. We estimate the loss emergence period to be two years for commercial real estate loans and one year for all other loan portfolio segments. After consideration of the loss calculations, management applies additional qualitative adjustments so that the ALL is reflective of the inherent losses that exist in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. Qualitative adjustments are made based upon changes in economic conditions, loan portfolio and asset quality data and credit process changes, such as credit policies or underwriting standards. The evaluation of the various components of the ALL requires considerable judgment in order to estimate inherent loss exposures.

We enhanced our ALL model in the fourth quarter of 2010 to better align it with the regulatory guidance. The calculation of the base historical loss utilizing an average method over the prior five years was shortened to include a one to two year loss emergence period depending on the loan category over a rolling four quarter average. Loss emergence refers to the length of time between a loss event and a charge-off of the loan. With the volatility in the credit cycle at that time, the shorter time horizon was more responsive to the loss emergence periods we were experiencing in our portfolio. We believe this shorter time horizon provides a better indication of inherent losses in the loan portfolio given the recent economic downturn. We also refined the qualitative factors beginning in the fourth quarter of 2010 to better align with the regulatory guidance. Qualitative factors became a basis point adjustment applied to the historical base loss. The combination of the enhancements to the average method and the qualitative factors did not materially change the ALL at December 31, 2010, resulting in an increase in the ALL of less than $0.5 million. Since December 31, 2010, there have been no further enhancements to the ALL methodology.

At December 31, 2011, approximately 92 percent of the ALL related to the commercial loan portfolio. Commercial loans represent 73 percent of total portfolio loans. Commercial loans have been more impacted by the economic slowdown in our markets. The ability of customers to repay commercial loans is more dependent upon the success of their business, continuing income and general economic conditions. Accordingly, the risk of loss is higher on such loans compared to consumer loans, which have incurred lower losses in our market.

There are many factors affecting the ALL; some are quantitative, while others require qualitative judgment. Although we believe our process for determining the ALL adequately considers all of the factors that would likely result in credit losses, the process includes subjective elements and may be susceptible to significant change. To the extent actual outcomes differ from management estimates, additional provisions for loan losses could be required and could adversely affect our earnings or financial position in future periods.

 

PAGE 27


Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued

 

 

Income Taxes

 

We estimate income tax expense based on amounts expected to be owed to the tax jurisdictions where we conduct business. The laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and various taxing authorities. On a quarterly basis, we assess the reasonableness of our effective tax rate based upon our current estimate of the amount and components of net income, tax credits and the applicable statutory tax rates expected for the full year.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the asset and liability method and are reported in other assets or other liabilities, as appropriate, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is based on the tax effects of the differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities and recognizes enacted changes in tax rate and laws. When deferred tax assets are recognized, they are subject to a valuation allowance based on Management’s judgment as to whether realization is more likely than not.

Accrued taxes represent the net estimated amount due to taxing jurisdictions and are reported in other assets or other liabilities, as appropriate, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. We evaluate and assess the relative risks and appropriate tax treatment of transactions and filing positions after considering statutes, regulations, judicial precedent and other information and maintain tax accruals consistent with the evaluation of these relative risks and merits. Changes to the estimate of accrued taxes occur periodically due to changes in tax rates, interpretations of tax laws, the status of examinations being conducted by taxing authorities and changes to statutory, judicial and regulatory guidance. These changes, when they occur, can affect deferred taxes and accrued taxes, as well as the current period’s income tax expense and can be significant to our operating results.

Tax positions are recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded.

 

Securities Valuation

 

We determine the appropriate classification of securities at the time of purchase. All securities, including both debt and equity securities, are classified as available-for-sale. These securities are carried at fair value with net unrealized gains and losses deemed to be temporary reported separately as a component of other comprehensive income, net of tax. Realized gains and losses on the sale of available-for-sale securities and other-than-temporary impairment, or OTTI, charges are recorded within noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Realized gains and losses on the sale of securities are determined using the specific-identification method.

We perform a quarterly review of our securities to identify those that may indicate an OTTI. Our policy for OTTI within the marketable equity securities portfolio generally requires an impairment charge when the security is in a loss position for 12 consecutive months, unless facts and circumstances would suggest the need for an OTTI prior to that time. Our policy for OTTI within the debt securities portfolio is based upon a number of factors, including but not limited to, the length of time and extent to which the estimated fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition of the underlying issuer, the ability of the issuer to meet contractual obligations, the likelihood of the security’s ability to recover any decline in its estimated fair value and whether we intend to sell the investment security or if it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security prior to the security’s recovery. If the financial markets experience deterioration, charges to income could occur in future periods.

 

PAGE 28


Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued

 

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

As a result of acquisitions, we have recorded goodwill and identifiable intangible assets on our balance sheet. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets purchased.

Goodwill relates to value inherent in the Community Banking and Insurance reporting units and the value is dependent upon our ability to provide quality, cost-effective services in the face of competition from other market participants. This ability relies upon continuing investments in processing systems, the development of value-added service features and the ease of use of our services. As such, goodwill value is supported ultimately by revenue that is driven by the volume of business transacted. A decline in earnings as a result of a lack of growth or the inability to deliver cost-effective services over sustained periods can lead to impairment of goodwill, which could adversely impact earnings in future periods.

We have three reporting units including: Community Banking, Wealth Management and Insurance. The carrying value of goodwill is tested annually for impairment each October 1 or more frequently if indicators of impairment are present. The evaluation for impairment involves comparing the current estimated fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the current estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, no additional testing is required and impairment loss is not recorded. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than the carrying value, further valuation procedures are performed and could result in impairment of goodwill being recorded. Further valuation procedures would include allocating the estimated fair value to all assets and liabilities of the reporting unit to determine an implied goodwill value. If the implied value of goodwill of a reporting unit is less than the carrying amount of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. We completed the annual goodwill impairment assessment as required in 2011, 2010 and 2009; the results indicated that the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded their carrying value.

During the third quarter of 2011, our stock traded below common book value for an extended period of time. As a result, we engaged a third party to provide current market data for recent bank merger and acquisition transactions. The market data included transactions from January 2010 to August 2011 and indicated that transactions were occurring in excess of common book value of 70.3 percent (median). This data supported our conclusion that the fair value exceeds the carrying value and no further valuation procedures were completed. At December 31, 2011, our stock was trading in excess of 10 percent above common book value.

We determine the amount of identifiable intangible assets based upon independent core deposit and insurance contract analyses at the time of acquisition. Intangible assets with finite useful lives, consisting primarily of core deposit and customer list intangibles, are amortized using straight-line or accelerated methods over their estimated weighted average useful lives, ranging from 10 to 16 years. Intangible assets with finite useful lives are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. No events or changes in circumstances occurred during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

The financial services industry and securities markets continue to be adversely affected by declining values of nearly all asset classes. If current economic conditions continue to result in a prolonged period of economic weakness, our business segments, including the Community Banking segment, may be adversely affected. This may result in impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets in the future. Any resulting impairment loss could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and its results of operations.

In the event that we determine that either our goodwill or finite lived intangible assets are impaired, recognition of an impairment charge could have a significant adverse impact on our financial position or results of operations in the period in which the impairment occurred.

 

PAGE 29


Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued

 

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements and Developments

 

Note 1 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Adopted Accounting Standards Updates and Recently Issued Accounting Standards Updates in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Item 8 of this Report, discusses new accounting pronouncements that we adopted and the expected impact of accounting pronouncements recently issued or proposed, but not yet required to be adopted.

 

Executive Overview

 

We are a bank holding company headquartered in Indiana, Pennsylvania with assets of $4.1 billion at December 31, 2011. We provide a full range of financial services through offices located in Allegheny, Armstrong, Blair, Butler, Cambria, Clarion, Clearfield, Indiana, Jefferson and Westmoreland counties of Pennsylvania. We provide full service retail and commercial banking products as well as cash management services, insurance, estate planning and administration, employee benefit plan investment management and administration, corporate services and other fiduciary services. Our common stock trades on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “STBA.”

We earn revenue primarily from interest on loans, securities investments and fees charged for financial services provided to our customers. Offsetting these revenues are the cost of deposits and other funding sources, provision for loan losses and other operating costs such as: salaries and employee benefits, occupancy, data processing expenses and tax expense.

Our mission is to become the financial services provider of choice in western Pennsylvania by delivering exceptional service and value, one customer at a time. Our strategic plan is market based and focuses on satisfying the needs of our customers, including: transaction, credit, investment and insurance needs. Transaction needs include the traditional banking needs for both individuals and businesses. Credit needs are solutions for customers with the need to borrow for personal assets, business growth and expansion, or capital leverage. Investments needs are a customer’s needs as it relates to deriving growth and return including our investment services through S&T Wealth Management Services and Stewart Capital Advisors. Insurance needs include S&T–Evergreen Insurance LLC and S&T Insurance Group, LLC, which provides a host of insurance products and services for both individuals and businesses. Our strategic plan includes a collaborative model that focuses on achieving each customer’s individual financial objectives through each of our delivery channels.

We continued to make progress throughout 2011 and are pleased to report positive trends in all of our operations. Our major accomplishments included:

 

   

On December 7, 2011 we redeemed all of the $108.7 million of Series A Preferred Stock issued on January 16, 2009 in conjunction with our participation in the U.S. Treasury Capital Purchase Program, or CPP. Our strong capital position allowed us to repurchase the preferred stock without raising additional capital. Upon redemption, a one-time non-cash reduction to net income available to common shareholders of $1.8 million, or $0.06 per common share, was recorded for the remaining unamortized discount of the preferred stock. The repayment of the CPP funds will save us $6.2 million in preferred dividends and amortization, or approximately $0.22 per common diluted share, on an annual basis beginning in 2012.

   

We are expanding our community banking network through a definitive agreement to acquire Mainline, a community bank based in Ebensburg, Pennsylvania with approximately $236 million in assets. We believe this acquisition fits strategically with our operations, culture and geographic perspective. Mainline operates seven branches in Cambria County, where our presence has been very limited, and one branch in Altoona, which will enhance our position in the Blair county marketplace. We expect the transaction to be completed in the first quarter of

 

PAGE 30


Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued

 

 

 

2012 pending the approval of the shareholders of Mainline and satisfaction of other customary closing conditions. We believe the merger will be accretive to earnings per share in the first year of operations, excluding one-time costs. Our first quarter of 2012 earnings will be negatively impacted by one-time merger related costs.

   

Efficiency continues to be our priority and we had several initiatives throughout the year. As regulatory costs increased, we increased our focus on the cost benefit of electronic banking products and delivery channels, now utilized by approximately 60 percent of our customer base. We not only launched new online and mobile banking products, but we also made a concerted effort to shift our customers from paper to electronic statements. As a result, about 47 percent are now receiving e-statements and the savings for us are significant. We also implemented a fee for paper statements in August of 2011. Further, based on our activity levels within our community banking network, we consolidated two branch offices during 2011.

 

Our earnings increased 6 percent to $39.7 million or $1.41 per share in 2011 compared to $37.3 million or $1.34 per share in the previous year. The primary driver of our improved performance was stabilizing asset quality. Net charge-offs and nonperforming assets decreased in 2011, resulting in a decline in the provision for loan losses of $13.9 million from the prior year. Nonperforming assets totaled $60.1 million, or 1.92 percent of total loans plus other real estate owned, or OREO, at December 31, 2011, as compared to $69.7 million or 2.07 percent at December 31, 2010. The improvement in asset quality was mainly due to a stabilizing economy, proactive efforts to address problem credits and disciplined underwriting standards that resulted in a stronger loan portfolio. We did experience a decline in our net interest income of $8.5 million compared to the prior year. The decline was due to an unfavorable shift in asset mix as we experienced significant loan pay downs throughout 2011 which have been invested in lower yielding assets. Our noninterest income declined $3.2 million from the prior year, due to regulatory changes which significantly impacted our service charges. We did experience a slight decline in expenses of $1.7 million, primarily due lower Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC, assessments compared to the prior year.

Our total assets remained relatively unchanged from the prior year; however, we had significant loan pay downs as evidenced by a decline in our loan balances of $231.3 million from the prior year. These excess funds as a result of loan pay downs are primarily being held as excess cash at the Federal Reserve. We did experience some relief in the pace of loan pay downs in the latter half of 2011. Our deposit base remains strong and we did have an improvement in our mix of deposits compared to the prior year. Our capital ratios did decline due to the redemption of the CPP, but still remain significantly above the “well capitalized” thresholds of federal bank regulatory agencies with a leverage ratio of 9.17 percent, tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 11.63 percent and total risk based capital ratio of 15.20 percent.

In 2012, our performance will again be heavily influenced by asset quality. If the economy continues to stabilize and improve, we should expect to see continued progress in reducing net charge-offs, nonperforming loans and provision for loan losses. However, a continuation of the economic slowdown, regionally or nationally, could cause deterioration in our asset quality. We recognize that our shift to a greater dependence on commercial loans in recent years exposes us to larger credit risks and greater swings in nonperforming loans and loan charge-offs when problems do occur. We will focus on mitigating this risk through our disciplined credit risk management practices, such as the review of such loans by our Criticized Asset Committee and continued sound underwriting practices. Because the majority of our revenue comes from net interest income, net loan and deposit growth, combined with the relative pricing and mix of that growth are major factors that affect our operations and financial condition. Our net interest margin will be a challenge as we move into 2012, especially if we continue to experience significant loan paydowns and we expect to see further compression in our net interest margin.

 

PAGE 31


Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued

 

 

Results of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

Net Income

 

Net income available to common shareholders for 2011 was $39.7 million as compared to $37.3 million in 2010, resulting in diluted earnings per common share of $1.41 compared to $1.34 diluted earnings per common share in 2010. The increase in net income was primarily a result of a reduction of $13.9 million in the provision for loan losses partially offset with decreases of $8.5 million in net interest income and $3.2 million in noninterest income.

 

Return on Equity and Assets

 

The table below presents our consolidated profitability and capital ratios for each of the last three years:

 

Years Ended December 31    2011     2010      2009  

Common return on average assets

     0.97     0.90      0.05

Common return on average equity

     6.78     6.58      0.37

Dividend payout ratio

     42.44     44.75      1247.64

Common equity to asset ratio

     11.91     11.48      10.74

 

Net Interest Income

 

Our principal source of revenue is net interest income. Net interest income represents the difference between the interest and fees earned on interest-earning assets and the interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income is affected by changes in the average balance of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and changes in interest rates and spreads. Maintaining consistent spreads between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities is significant to our financial performance because net interest income comprised 76 percent of operating revenue (net interest income plus noninterest income, excluding security gains/losses) in both 2011 and 2010. Refer to page 58 Explanation of Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures for a discussion of operating revenue as a non-GAAP financial measure. The level and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities are continually monitored by our Asset and Liability Committee, or ALCO, in order to mitigate interest rate and liquidity risks of the balance sheet. A variety of ALCO strategies were successfully added and implemented, within prescribed ALCO risk parameters, to maintain an acceptable net yield on interest-earning assets (net interest margin) given the challenges of the current interest rate environment.

The interest income on interest-earning assets and the net interest margin are presented on a fully taxable-equivalent basis. The fully taxable-equivalent basis adjusts for the tax benefit of income on certain tax-exempt loans and investments using the federal statutory tax rate of 35 percent for each period. We believe this measure to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income that provides a relevant comparison between taxable and non-taxable amounts.

 

PAGE 32


Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued

 

 

The following table reconciles interest income per the Consolidated Statements of Income to net interest income adjusted to a fully taxable-equivalent basis:

 

Years Ended December 31    2011      2010      2009  
(in thousands)                     

Interest income per Consolidated Statements of Income

   $ 165,079       $ 180,419       $ 195,087   

Adjustment to fully taxable-equivalent basis

     4,154         4,627         5,202   

Interest income adjusted to fully taxable-equivalent basis

     169,233         185,046         200,289   

Interest expense per Consolidated Statements of Income

     27,733         34,573         49,105   

Net Interest Income Adjusted to Fully Taxable-equivalent Basis (non-GAAP)

   $ 141,500       $ 150,473       $ 151,184   

 

PAGE 33


Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued

 

 

Average Balance Sheet and Net Interest Income Analysis

 

The following table provides information regarding the average balances, interest and yields earned on interest-earning assets and the average balances, interest and rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities:

 

December 31

  2011     2010     2009  
  Average
Balance
    Interest     Yield/
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Interest     Yield/
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Interest     Yield/
Rate
 
(in thousands)                                                      

ASSETS

                 

Loans(1)(2)

  $ 3,216,856      $ 156,845        4.88   $ 3,386,103      $ 172,319        5.09   $ 3,473,169      $ 182,767        5.26

Taxable investment securities

    273,320        8,475        3.10     226,714        8,373        3.69     286,295        11,897        4.16

Tax-exempt investment securities(2)

    62,607        3,611        5.77     76,707        4,354        5.68     103,832        5,624        5.42

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

    20,091                   23,336                   23,542              

Interest-bearing balance with banks

    123,714        302        0.24     49               0.34     54               0.17

Federal funds sold

                                        258        1        0.25

Total Interest-earning Assets

    3,696,588        169,233        4.58     3,712,909        185,046        4.98     3,887,150        200,289        5.15

Noninterest-earning assets:

                 

Cash and due from banks

    50,458            90,462            67,405       

Premises and equipment, net

    38,425            39,142            41,915       

Other assets

    344,378            340,234            320,803       

Less allowance for loan losses

    (57,241                     (59,292                     (57,985                

Total Assets

  $ 4,072,608                      $ 4,123,455                      $ 4,259,288                   

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  

           

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                 

Interest-bearing demand and money market

  $ 536,085      $ 739        0.14   $ 518,383      $ 1,220        0.24   $ 485,742      $ 1,616        0.33

Savings

    761,274        1,267        0.17     749,325        2,127        0.28     758,216        3,465        0.46

Certificates of deposit

    1,181,823        20,946        1.77     1,300,803        25,370        1.95     1,367,372        33,358        2.44

Federal funds purchased

                                        115        1        0.79

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

    41,584        53        0.13     46,490        64        0.14     86,616        140        0.16

Short-term borrowings

    551        2        0.32     32,473        146        0.45     104,217        544        0.52

Long-term borrowings

    31,651        1,091        3.45     42,920        1,643        3.83     127,045        5,568        4.38

Junior subordinated debt securities

    90,619        3,635        4.01     90,619        4,003        4.42     90,619        4,413        4.87

Total Interest-bearing Liabilities

    2,643,587        27,733        1.05     2,781,013        34,573        1.24     3,019,942        49,105        1.63

Noninterest-bearing liabilities:

                 

Noninterest-bearing demand

    792,911            728,708            637,434       

Other liabilities

    50,924            47,064            57,377       

Shareholders’ equity

    585,186                        566,670                        544,535                   

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

  $ 4,072,608                      $ 4,123,455                      $ 4,259,288                   

Net Interest Income

          $ 141,500                      $ 150,473                      $ 151,184           

Net Yield on Interest-earning Assets

                    3.83                     4.05                     3.89
(1) 

For the purpose of these computations, nonaccruing loans are included in the daily average loan amounts outstanding.

(2) 

Tax-exempt income is on a fully taxable-equivalent basis, including the dividend-received deduction for equity securities, using the statutory federal corporate income tax rate of 35 percent for 2011, 2010 and 2009.

 

PAGE 34


Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued

 

 

The following table presents a summary of the changes in interest earned and interest paid resulting from changes in average balances and changes in rates:

 

      2011 Compared to 2010
Increase (Decrease) Due to
(1)
    2010 Compared to 2009
Increase (Decrease) Due to
(1)
 
   Volume     Rate     Net     Volume     Rate     Net  
(in thousands)                                     

Interest earned on:

            

Loans(2)

   $ (8,613   $ (6,861   $ (15,474   $ (4,581   $ (5,867   $ (10,448

Taxable investment securities

     1,722        (1,620     102        (2,476     (1,048     (3,524

Tax-exempt investment securities(2)

     (800     57        (743     (1,469     199        (1,270

Interest-bearing balance with bank

     419        (117     302                        

Federal funds sold

                          (1            (1

Total Interest-earning Assets

     (7,272     (8,541     (15,813     (8,527     (6,716     (15,243

Interest paid on:

            

Interest-bearing demand and money market

   $ 42      $ (523   $ (481   $ 109      $ (505   $ (396

Savings

     34        (894     (860     (41     (1,297     (1,338

Certificates of deposit

     (2,321     (2,103     (4,424     (1,624     (6,364     (7,988

Federal funds purchased

                          (1            (1

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

     (7     (4     (11     (65     (11     (76

Short-term borrowings

     (143     (1     (144     (374     (24     (398

Long-term borrowings

     (431     (121     (552     (3,687     (238     (3,925

Junior subordinated debt securities

            (368     (368            (410     (410

Total Interest-bearing Liabilities

     (2,826     (4,014     (6,840     (5,683     (8,849     (14,532

Change in Net Interest Income

   $ (4,446   $ (4,527   $ (8,973   $ (2,844   $ 2,133      $ (711
(1) 

The change in interest due to both volume and rate has been allocated to volume and rate changes in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.

(2) 

Tax-exempt income is on a fully taxable-equivalent basis, including the dividend-received deduction for equity securities, using the statutory federal corporate income tax rate of 35 percent for 2011, 2010 and 2009.

 

Net interest income and net interest margin on a fully taxable-equivalent basis have decreased in 2011 as compared to 2010. The decline in the net interest margin is a result of loan repricing and replacement volume at lower rates and an unfavorable shift in asset mix, offset in part by lower rates paid on deposits and a better funding mix between deposits, including noninterest-bearing demand deposits and borrowings.

The shift in asset mix during 2011 is primarily reflected by the $169.2 million decrease in average loans and an increase in average interest-bearing balance with banks of $123.7 million. The interest-bearing balance with banks is primarily funds held at the Federal Reserve and has increased during 2011 as a result of loan pay downs and weak demand for new loans. The yield on average loans and taxable investment securities decreased 21 basis points and 59 basis points, respectively. Overall, the fully taxable-equivalent yield on total interest-earning assets decreased 40 basis points to 4.58 percent in 2011 as compared to 4.98 percent in 2010.

For 2011, average interest-bearing deposits decreased by $89.3 million to $2.5 billion as compared to $2.6 billion 2010. The decrease in average interest-bearing deposits is attributed to a $119.0 million average balance decrease in certificates of deposits or, CDs, primarily in brokered CDs. The cost of deposits totaled 0.93 percent, a decrease of 19 basis points from 2010 due to lower rates paid on deposits. The cost of securities sold under repurchase agreements, or REPOs, and other short-term borrowed funds decreased 14 basis points to 0.13 percent as a result of lower short-term rates as compared to 2010. Overall, the yield on interest-bearing liabilities decreased 19 basis points to 1.05 percent for 2011 as compared to 2010.

 

PAGE 35


Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued

 

 

Positively affecting net interest income was a $121.2 million increase in average net free funds during 2011, as compared to 2010. Average net free funds are the excess of noninterest-bearing demand deposits, other noninterest-bearing liabilities and shareholders’ equity over noninterest-earning assets. The largest driver of the increase in net free funds was an increase in noninterest-bearing demand deposit average balances, which is a result of limited investment options available to our customers in this current low rate environment.

 

Provision for Loan Losses

 

The provision for loan losses is the amount to be added to the ALL after adjusting for charge-offs and recoveries to bring the ALL to a level considered appropriate to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The provision for loan losses decreased to $15.6 million for 2011 compared to $29.5 million for 2010. The substantial decrease in provision for loan losses is a result of the overall improving economic conditions from the prior year and a significant decrease in net charge-offs. Net charge-offs decreased to $18.2 million, 0.56 percent of average loans in 2011 from $37.7 million or 1.11 percent of average loans in 2010 as overall asset quality improved during 2011. Refer to the Allowance for Loan Losses section of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, or MD&A, for further details.

 

Noninterest Income

 

Years Ended December 31    2011     2010      $ Change  
(in thousands)                    

Security (losses) gains, net

   $ (124   $ 274       $ (398

Debit and credit card fees

     10,889        9,954         935   

Service charges on deposit accounts

     9,978        11,178         (1,200

Insurance fees

     8,314        8,312         2   

Wealth management fees

     8,180        7,808         372   

Mortgage banking

     1,199        3,403         (2,204

Other

     5,621        6,281         (660

Total Noninterest Income

   $ 44,057      $ 47,210       $ (3,153

 

We experienced a decline of $3.2 million in our noninterest income in 2011 primarily as a result of regulatory changes and declining volumes in our mortgage banking area.

Service charges on deposit accounts decreased $1.2 million primarily relating to the impacts of Regulation E, which requires customers with existing accounts to opt in for overdraft coverage of certain types of electronic banking activities. Regulation E caused service charge income to decrease by $1.8 million in 2011, which we offset in part by the introduction of a new paper statement fee in August of 2011. Paper statement fees generated $0.5 million in revenue in 2011. We expect customers to continue to elect to receive electronic bank statements; therefore it is expected that paper statement fee income will decline in future periods.

Mortgage banking includes fee income related to loans sold in the secondary market, mortgage servicing income and fair value adjustments associated with valuing mortgage derivatives. Although interest rates continue to be low, the volume of loan sales in the secondary market have decreased resulting in a $2.2 million decrease in mortgage banking income. During 2011, we sold $67.9 million of 1-4 family mortgage loans to Fannie Mae compared to $109.3 million in 2010 which resulted in a fee reduction of $0.9 million. In the second quarter of 2011, we began to retain within the loan portfolio 10 and 15 year mortgages which had previously been priced and underwritten using secondary market terms and guidelines. Additionally, we recorded higher impairment charges on our

 

PAGE 36


Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued

 

 

mortgage servicing asset in 2011 compared to 2010. This impairment charge reflects a decline in the value of the remaining mortgage servicing rights due to increased prepayment speeds resulting from decreases in interest rates.

We recognized $0.1 million in security losses in 2011 related to OTTI on two equity securities compared to realized gains of $0.3 million in the prior year. In the prior year, OTTI was not significant and we experienced gains as we sold several of our equity positions.

The decreases in noninterest income are partially offset by increases of $0.9 million in debit and credit card fees and $0.4 million in wealth management fees. Debit and credit card fees have increased $0.9 million in 2011 as a result of increased volume and successful marketing campaigns around signature based debit card transactions throughout 2011. Our wealth management fees increased $0.4 million from the prior year. We experienced increased fee income of $0.2 million as our customers moved to fixed annuities in this low interest rate environment. Additionally, wealth management fees were positively impacted by improving market conditions in 2011.

 

Noninterest Expense

 

Years Ended December 31    2011     2010     $ Change  
(in thousands)                   

Salaries and employee benefits

   $ 51,078      $ 48,715      $ 2,363   

Net occupancy

     6,943        6,928        15   

Data processing

     6,853        6,145        708   

Professional services and legal

     5,437        6,889        (1,452

Furniture and equipment

     4,941        5,054        (113

FDIC assessment

     3,570        5,426        (1,856

Other taxes

     3,381        3,432        (51

Joint venture amortization

     3,302        2,573        729   

Marketing

     3,019        2,795        224   

Other expenses:

      

Amortization of intangibles

     1,737        1,943        (206

Other real estate owned

     1,518        1,921        (403

Loan collection fees

     624        1,770        (1,146

Unfunded loan commitments

     (1,474     (1,555     81   

Other

     12,979        13,597        (618

Total Noninterest Expense

   $ 103,908      $ 105,633      $ (1,725

 

We had a slight decline in noninterest expense of $1.7 million during 2011. This was primarily a result of certain one-time expenses in 2010 and a significant decrease in our FDIC assessment in 2011.

The decrease in professional services and legal expense is due to $2.3 million of legal settlement costs that occurred in the first and second quarters of 2010. The decrease in the FDIC assessment of $1.9 million is the result of the FDIC changing the methodology used to calculate the assessment as of April 1, 2011 and the expiration of the FDIC’s Transaction Account Guarantee Program on December 31, 2010. Asset quality improved throughout 2011 resulting in $1.1 million less in loan collection fees. While these expenses have declined from the prior year, we expect to continue to experience elevated costs in this area as our criticized and classified loans remain above historic averages. For the year ended December 31, 2011, $1.5 million of unfunded loan commitments was reversed compared to $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The reversal of the reserve is primarily attributable to the decline in available commitments. Additionally, approximately

 

PAGE 37


Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued

 

 

$0.8 million of the reserve reversal in 2011 related to an expense recognized in 2008 for a letter of credit that we were contractually obligated to fulfill. During the third quarter of 2011, the letter of credit was drawn upon and funded and a corresponding loan charge-off was recorded. Other noninterest expense decreased $0.6 million primarily related to a $1.2 million write-off of an uncollectible receivable in the third quarter of 2010. The receivable related to expenses for a mutual fund advised by an affiliate.

We had a $2.4 million increase in salaries and employee benefits primarily due to the full year impact of our annual merit increase resulting in additional salary expense of $1.0 million for 2011. Additionally, restricted stock expense increased $0.7 million related to the 2010 incentive plan and a newly implemented long-term incentive plan. Incentive plans were re-instituted in 2010 which impacted the 2011 expense. Deferred loan origination costs are down by $0.9 million from 2010, which increases salaries and employee benefits in the current period since we are deferring less costs. These increases were offset by a decrease in the pension plan expense of $0.3 million due to a change in the number of participants in the plan. We do not expect to see a similar decrease in pension expense in 2012 as a result of a significant increase in our pension liability due to a decline in the discount rate of 100 basis points to 4.75%.

The $0.7 million in additional data processing costs relate to one-time charges for the implementation of mobile banking and other system conversion fees. The increase of $0.7 million in joint venture amortization reflects the addition of two low income housing projects that were completed in 2011.

Our efficiency ratio, which measures noninterest expense as a percent of noninterest income plus net interest income, on a fully taxable-equivalent basis, excluding security gains/losses, was 56 percent for 2011 and 54 percent for 2010. Refer to page 58 Explanation of Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures for a discussion of this non-GAAP financial measure.

 

Federal Income Taxes

 

We recorded a federal income tax provision of $14.6 million in 2011 compared to $14.4 million in 2010. The effective tax rate, which is the provision for income taxes as a percentage of pretax income was 23.6 percent compared to 25.0 percent in 2010. We ordinarily generate an annual effective tax rate that is less than the statutory rate of 35 percent due to benefits resulting from tax-exempt interest, excludable dividend income, tax-exempt interest on bank owned life insurance, or BOLI and tax benefits associated with Low Income Housing Tax Credit, or LIHTC, and Federal Historic Tax Credit Projects, which are relatively consistent regardless of the level of pretax income.

 

Results of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2010

 

Net Income

 

Net income available to common shareholders for 2010 was $37.3 million resulting in diluted earnings per common share of $1.34 compared to $2.0 million or $0.07 diluted earnings per common share in 2009. The substantial increase in net income was primarily a result of a reduction of $42.8 million in provision for loan losses, improving market conditions resulting in minimal OTTI charges compared to $5.3 million in 2009 and a decrease in FDIC insurance assessments of $3.0 million.

 

PAGE 38


Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued

 

 

Return on Equity and Assets

 

The table below presents our consolidated profitability and capital ratios for each of the last three years:

 

Years Ended December 31    2010      2009      2008  

Common return on average assets

     0.90%         0.05%         1.52%   

Common return on average equity

     6.58%         0.37%         14.77%   

Dividend payout ratio

     44.75%         1247.64%         53.66%   

Common equity to asset ratio

     11.48%         10.74%         10.11%   

 

Net Interest Income

 

The interest income on interest-earning assets and the net interest margin are presented on a fully taxable-equivalent basis. The fully taxable-equivalent basis adjusts for the tax benefit of income on certain tax-exempt loans and investments using the federal statutory tax rate of 35 percent for each period. We believe this measure to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income that provides a relevant comparison between taxable and non-taxable amounts.

The following table reconciles interest income per the Consolidated Statements of Income to net interest income adjusted to a fully taxable-equivalent basis:

 

Years Ended December 31    2010      2009      2008  
(in thousands)                     

Interest income per Consolidated Statements of Income

   $ 180,419       $ 195,087       $ 216,118   

Adjustment to fully taxable-equivalent basis

     4,627         5,202         5,147   

Interest income adjusted to fully taxable-equivalent basis

     185,046         200,289         221,265   

Interest expense per Consolidated Statements of Income

     34,573         49,105         72,171   

Net Interest Income Adjusted to Fully Taxable-equivalent Basis (non-GAAP)

   $ 150,473       $ 151,184       $ 149,094   

 

PAGE 39


Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued

 

 

Average Balance Sheet and Net Interest Income Analysis

 

The following table provides information regarding the average balances, interest and yields earned on interest-earning assets and the average balances, interest and rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities:

 

December 31    2010     2009     2008  
   Average
Balance
    Interest      Yield/
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Interest      Yield/
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Interest      Yield/
Rate
 
(in thousands)                                                          

ASSETS

                     

Loans(1)(2)

   $ 3,386,103      $ 172,319         5.09   $ 3,473,169      $ 182,767         5.26   $ 3,230,791      $ 201,547         6.24%   

Taxable investment securities

     226,714        8,373         3.69     286,295        11,897         4.16     303,442        13,651         4.50%   

Tax-exempt investment securities(2)

     76,707        4,354         5.68     103,832        5,624         5.42     105,781        5,429         5.13%   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     23,336                    23,542                    20,733        636         3.07%   

Interest-bearing balance with banks

     49                0.34     54                0.17     84        2         2.14%   

Federal funds sold

                        258        1         0.25     124        2         1.90%   

Total Interest-earning Assets

     3,712,909        185,046         4.98     3,887,150        200,289         5.15     3,660,955        221,265         6.04%   

Noninterest-earning assets:

                     

Cash and due from banks

     90,462             67,405             60,636        

Premises and equipment, net

     39,142             41,915             41,702        

Other assets

     340,234             320,803             246,811        

Less allowance for loan losses

     (59,292                      (57,985                      (39,102                 

Total Assets

   $ 4,123,455                       $ 4,259,288                       $ 3,971,002                    

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  

             

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                     

Interest-bearing demand and money market

   $ 518,383      $ 1,220         0.24   $ 485,742      $ 1,616         0.33   $ 395,629      $ 3,022         0.76%   

Savings

     749,325        2,127         0.28     758,216        3,465         0.46     865,839        11,692         1.35%   

Certificates of deposit

     1,300,803        25,370         1.95     1,367,372        33,358         2.44     1,102,717        37,650         3.41%   

Federal funds purchased

                        115        1         0.79     4,886        122         2.52%   

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

     46,490        64         0.14     86,616        140         0.16     124,005        1,627         1.31%   

Short-term borrowings

     32,473        146         0.45     104,217        544         0.52     227,918        4,263         1.87%   

Long-term borrowings

     42,920        1,643         3.83     127,045        5,568         4.38     196,901        9,416         4.78%   

Junior subordinated debt securities

     90,619        4,003         4.42     90,619        4,413         4.87     69,872        4,379         6.27%   

Total Interest-bearing Liabilities

     2,781,013        34,573         1.24     3,019,942        49,105         1.63     2,987,767        72,171         2.42%   

Noninterest-bearing liabilities:

                     

Noninterest-bearing demand

     728,708             637,434             533,096        

Other liabilities

     47,064             57,377             42,478        

Shareholders’ equity

     566,670                         544,535                         407,661                    

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

   $ 4,123,455                       $ 4,259,288                       $ 3,971,002                    

Net Interest Income

           $ 150,473                       $ 151,184                       $ 149,094            

Net Yield on Interest-earning Assets

                      4.05                      3.89                      4.07%   
(1) 

For the purpose of these computations, nonaccruing loans are included in the daily average loan amounts outstanding.

(2) 

Tax-exempt income is on a fully taxable-equivalent basis, including the dividend-received deduction for equity securities, using the statutory federal corporate income tax rate of 35 percent for 2010, 2009 and 2008.

 

PAGE 40


Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued

 

 

The following table presents a summary of the changes in interest earned and interest paid resulting from changes in average balance and changes in rates:

 

      2010 Compared to 2009
Increase (Decrease) Due to(1)
    2009 Compared to 2008
Increase (Decrease) Due to(1)
 
   Volume     Rate     Net     Volume     Rate     Net  
(in thousands)                                     

Interest earned on:

            

Loans(2)

   $ (4,581   $ (5,867   $ (10,448   $ 15,120      $ (33,900   $ (18,780

Taxable investment securities

     (2,476     (1,048     (3,524     (771     (983     (1,754

Tax-exempt investment securities(2)

     (1,469     199        (1,270     (100     295        195   

Interest bearing balance with bank

                                          

Other investments

                          86        (722     (636

Federal funds sold

     (1            (1     3        (4     (1

Total Interest-earning Assets

     (8,527     (6,716     (15,243     14,338        (35,314     (20,976

Interest paid on:

            

Interest-bearing demand and money market

   $ 109      $ (505   $ (396   $ 688      $ (2,094   $ (1,406

Savings deposits

     (41     (1,297     (1,338     (1,453     (6,774     (8,227

Certificates of deposit

     (1,624     (6,364     (7,988     9,036        (13,328     (4,292

Federal funds purchased

     (1            (1     (119     (2     (121

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

     (65     (11     (76     (491     (996     (1,487

Short-term borrowings

     (374     (24     (398     (2,314     (1,405     (3,719

Long-term borrowings

     (3,687     (238     (3,925     (3,341     (507     (3,848

Junior subordinated debt securities

            (410     (410     1,300        (1,266     34   

Total Interest-bearing Liabilities

     (5,683     (8,849     (14,532     3,306        (26,372     (23,066

Change in Net Interest Income

   $ (2,844   $ 2,133      $ (711   $ 11,032      $ (8,942   $ 2,090   
(1) 

The change in interest due to both volume and rate has been allocated to volume and rate changes in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.

(2) 

Tax-exempt income is on a fully taxable-equivalent basis, including the dividend-received deduction for equity securities, using the statutory federal corporate income tax rate of 35 percent for 2010, 2009 and 2008.

 

On a fully taxable-equivalent basis, net interest income decreased by only $0.7 million in 2010 compared to 2009 despite a $174.2 million decrease in average interest-earning assets. Net interest margin on a fully taxable-equivalent basis was 4.05 percent in 2010 as compared to 3.89 percent in 2009. The improvement in the net interest margin is mainly a result of interest-bearing liabilities repricing faster than interest-earning assets, and a better funding mix between deposits, including noninterest-bearing demand deposits, and borrowings. The net interest margin improvement was also due to an increase in payments collected on nonperforming loans in 2010 compared to 2009.

For 2010, average loans decreased $87.1 million and average securities and federal funds sold decreased $87.2 million as compared to 2009. The yield on average loans decreased 17 basis points and the yield on average securities decreased 34 basis points from 2009. Overall, the fully tax-equivalent yield on total interest-earning assets decreased 17 basis points to 4.98 percent in 2010 as compared to 5.15 percent in 2009.

For 2010, average interest-bearing deposits decreased by $42.8 million as compared to 2009. The decrease in average interest-bearing deposits is mainly attributed to a $38.5 million average balance decrease in brokered CD’s. The cost of deposits totaled 1.12 percent, a decrease of 35 basis points from 2009 due to lower rates paid on deposits. The cost of REPOs and other short-term borrowed funds decreased nine basis points to 0.27 percent as a result of lower short-term rates as compared to 2009. Overall, the yield on interest-bearing liabilities decreased 39 basis points to 1.24 percent for 2010 as compared to 2009.

 

PAGE 41


Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued

 

 

Also positively affecting net interest income was a $64.7 million increase in average net free funds during 2010 as compared to 2009. Average net free funds are the excess of noninterest-bearing demand deposits, other noninterest-bearing liabilities and shareholders’ equity over noninterest-earning assets. The largest driver of the increase in net free funds was noninterest-bearing demand deposit average balances. The increase in demand deposit average balance is due to the low interest rate environment, our marketing efforts for new demand accounts, corporate cash management services and participation in the Transaction Account Guarantee, or TAG Program.

 

Provision for Loan Losses

 

The provision for loan losses is determined based upon management’s estimates of the appropriate level of ALL needed to absorb probable inherent losses that exist in our loan portfolio. The provision for loan losses was $29.5 million for 2010 compared to $72.4 million for 2009. The substantial decrease in provision for loan losses is a result of the overall improving economic conditions from the prior year and a significant decrease in net charge-offs. Net charge-offs decreased to $37.7 million in 2010 from $55.5 million in 2009 as overall asset quality improved during 2010. Refer to the Allowance for Loan Losses section of this MD&A for further details.

 

Noninterest Income

 

Years Ended December 31    2010      2009     $ Change  
(in thousands)                    

Security gains (losses), net

   $ 274       $ (5,088   $ 5,362   

Service charges on deposit accounts

     11,178         12,344        (1,166

Debit and credit card fees

     9,954         6,921        3,033   

Insurance fees

     8,312         7,751        561   

Wealth management fees

     7,808         7,500        308   

Mortgage banking

     3,403         2,727        676   

Other income:

       

Rabbi trust

     200         643        (443

Derivative fee income

     136         406        (270

Commercial loan rate swap valuation

     96         (616     712   

Other

     5,849         5,992        (143

Total Noninterest Income

   $ 47,210       $ 38,580      $ 8,630   

 

We recognized net gains of $0.3 million on available-for-sale equity securities for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to $5.1 million of net losses in 2009. In 2009, we recognized $5.3 million in OTTI charges on 17 bank equity holdings. During 2010, overall market conditions improved substantially resulting in minimal OTTI charges.

Noninterest income increased $8.6 million to $47.2 million in 2010 as compared to 2009. The increase of $0.6 million in insurance fees is due to higher annual bonus commission income received in the first quarter of 2010 based upon positive trends in loss rates. Mortgage banking activities increased $0.7 million due to improved loan pricing despite a decrease of mortgages sold in the secondary market of $109.3 million compared to 2009. Debit and credit card fees increased $3.0 million primarily due to a reclass out of other noninterest income and a change in accounting from a net method of recognizing ATM interchange fees and costs in 2009 to recognizing the gross fees and gross costs individually in 2010, which accounted for $2.3 million of the increase. In addition, the increase in the volume of transactions and the conversion to an exclusive provider

 

PAGE 42


Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued

 

 

accounted for $0.5 million of the increase. The change of $0.7 million in commercial loan rate swap valuation relates to a $0.6 million charge for an additional credit exposure on an exited commercial loan swap asset that was recorded in 2009. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $1.2 million in service charges on deposit accounts, primarily customer overdraft fees, due to the implementation of Regulation E on August 15, 2010. Regulation E requires customers with existing accounts to opt in for overdraft coverage of certain types of electronic banking activities. Many customers did not opt to continue the coverage resulting in a decrease in customer overdraft fees collected.

 

Noninterest Expense

 

Years Ended December 31    2010     2009      $ Change  
(in thousands)                    

Salaries and employee benefits

   $ 48,715      $ 48,848       $ (133

Net Occupancy

     6,928        6,819         109   

Professional services and legal

     6,889        4,220         2,669   

Data processing

     6,145        6,048         97   

FDIC assessment

     5,426        8,388         (2,962

Furniture and equipment

     5,054        4,991         63   

Other taxes

     3,432        3,733         (301

Marketing

     2,794        2,751         43   

Joint venture amortization

     2,573        4,393         (1,820

Other expenses:

       

Other real estate owned

     1,921        759         1,162   

Loan collection fees

     1,770        1,325         445   

Unfunded loan commitments

     (1,555     2,888         (4,443

Other

     15,541        12,963         2,578   

Total Noninterest Expense

   $ 105,633      $ 108,126       $ (2,493

 

Noninterest expense decreased by $2.5 million during 2010 compared to 2009. Decreases included $1.8 million in joint venture impairment and amortization expense that related to an impairment adjustment on a LIHTC project of $2.0 million in 2009. No significant impairment was recorded in 2010. The FDIC assessment decreased $3.0 million primarily due to a special assessment charged to all banks in the second quarter of 2009. The decrease of $4.4 million in unfunded loan commitments relates to a reduction in the reserve.

Offsetting the above mentioned decreases were increases of $2.7 million in professional services and legal expenses related to a $2.3 million one-time legal settlement cost that occurred in the first and second quarters of 2010. A $1.2 million increase in OREO expense relates to higher costs due to an increase in OREO properties in 2010. Additionally, the increase of $2.6 million in other noninterest expense relates primarily to the previously mentioned $2.3 million reclassification of ATM interchange income, as well as a $0.9 million increase in the write-off of an uncollectible receivable relating to excess expenses for a mutual fund advised by an affiliate.

Our efficiency ratio, which measures noninterest expense as a percent of noninterest income plus net interest income on a fully taxable-equivalent basis, excluding security gains/losses, was 54 percent for 2010 and 55 percent for 2009. Refer to page 58 Explanation of Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures for a discussion of this non-GAAP financial measure.

 

PAGE 43


Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued

 

 

Federal Income Taxes

 

A federal income tax provision of $14.4 million was recognized in 2010 attributable to pretax income of $57.9 million for the year, compared to a tax benefit of $3.9 million on pretax income of $4.1 million for 2009.

The effective tax rate for 2010 was 24.9 percent and negative 94.7 percent in 2009. We ordinarily generate an annual effective tax rate that is less than the statutory rate of 35 percent due to benefits resulting from tax-exempt interest, excludable dividend income, tax-exempt interest in BOLI and tax benefits associated with LIHTC and Federal Historic Tax Credit Projects, which are relatively consistent regardless of the level of pretax income.

The consistent level of tax benefits that reduce our tax rate below the 35 percent statutory rate, coupled with relatively low level of annual pretax income, produced a negative annual effective tax rate for 2009.

 

Financial Condition

December 31, 2011

 

Our total assets of $4.1 million remain relatively unchanged since December 31, 2010. Loan growth continues to be our biggest challenge as borrowers continue to be uncertain about the state of the economy. Total gross loans decreased $225.8 million to $3.1 billion at December 31, 2011 compared to $3.4 billion at December 31, 2010. Our commercial loan portfolio has experienced the most significant decrease due to soft demand, loan pay downs and planned run-off of certain loans to reduce our overall risk. Given the lack of loan growth and substantial loan pay downs that we have been experiencing during 2011, we have increased our securities by $69.6 million and excess cash held at the Federal Reserve by $148.8 million. Our strong capital position allowed us to fully redeem the preferred stock held by the U.S. Treasury as part of the CPP, without having to raise additional equity. Our core deposit base remains strong and total deposits were $3.3 billion at both December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010. We did experience an improvement in our mix of deposits throughout 2011. Our overall borrowings increased $67.2 million to $227.9 million at December 31, 2011 compared to $160.6 million at December 31, 2010. We utilized available cash to redeem the preferred stock and increased borrowings subsequent to the pay-off to maintain our overall liquidity position.

 

Securities Activity

 

December 31    2011      2010      2009  
(in thousands)                     

Obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies

   $ 142,786       $ 125,675       $ 127,971   

Collateralized mortgage obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies

     65,395         41,491         60,229   

Mortgage-backed securities of U.S. government corporations and agencies

     48,752         43,991         61,521   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     88,805         65,772         92,928   

Marketable equity securities

     11,858         11,096         12,211   

Total Securities Available-for-Sale

   $ 357,596       $ 288,025       $ 354,860   

 

We invest in various securities in order to provide a source of liquidity, to satisfy various pledging requirements, increase net interest income and as a tool of the ALCO to reposition the balance sheet for interest rate risk purposes. Securities are subject to market risks that could negatively affect the

 

PAGE 44


Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued

 

 

level of liquidity available to us. Risks associated with various securities portfolios are managed and monitored by investment policies annually approved by our Board of Directors and administered through ALCO and our treasury function.

The increase in securities of $69.6 million from the prior year relates to $134.5 million in debt securities purchased offset by maturities, calls and normal pay downs. The purchases were part of the ALCO strategy to reinvest excess proceeds from loan pay downs and to replace security investments as they mature to maintain sufficient asset liquidity.

During 2011, we recorded minimal OTTI of $0.1 million related to bank equity holdings with a balance of $0.8 million that had been in a loss position for 12 months or more. This is in comparison to 2010 when we recorded less than $0.1 million in OTTI charges on 3 bank equity holdings totaling $2.1 million. The performance of the debt and equity securities markets could generate impairment in future periods requiring realized losses to be reported.

At December 31, 2011, net unrealized gains on securities classified as available-for-sale were approximately $14.9 million as compared to $8.1 million at December 31, 2010. Net unrealized gains related to our debt securities portfolio totaled $13.2 million at December 31, 2011 and $7.3 million at December 31, 2010. The increase in unrealized gains related to debt securities is due to a decrease in interest rates from the prior year. The marketable equity securities portfolio had net unrealized gains of $1.7 million at December 31, 2011 compared to net unrealized gains of $0.8 million at December 31, 2010. We do not intend to sell and it is not likely that we will be required to sell any of the securities in an unrealized loss position before recovery of its amortized cost.

We are a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank, or FHLB, of Pittsburgh. The FHLB requires members to purchase and hold a specified level of FHLB stock based upon their level and availability of borrowings and participation in other programs offered. Stock in the FHLB is non-marketable and is redeemable at the discretion of the FHLB. Members do not purchase stock in the FHLB for the same reasons that traditional equity investors acquire stock in an investor-owned enterprise. Rather, members purchase stock to obtain access to the low-cost products and services offered by the FHLB. Unlike equity securities of traditional for-profit enterprises, the stock of the FHLB does not provide its holders with an opportunity for capital appreciation because, by regulation, FHLB stock can only be purchased, redeemed and transferred at par value.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, FHLB stock totaled $18.2 million and $22.4 million, respectively. This investment is carried at cost and evaluated for impairment based on the ultimate recoverability of the par value. We reviewed and evaluated the FHLB capital stock for OTTI at December 31, 2011 through review of their most recent Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2011. Based upon our review of their current financial position and redemptions of $4.1 million that we received in 2011, we do not believe OTTI exists at December 31, 2011. Subsequent to December 31, 2011, we received from the FHLB a redemption of $0.9 million of capital stock and a nominal dividend.

 

PAGE 45


Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued

 

 

The following table sets forth the maturities of securities at December 31, 2011 and the weighted average yields of such securities. Taxable-equivalent adjustments (using a 35 percent federal income tax rate) for 2011 have been made in calculating yields on obligations of state and political subdivisions.

 

    Maturing  
  Within
One Year
    After
One But Within
Five Years
    After
Five But Within
Ten Years
    After
Ten Years
    No Fixed
Maturity
 
     Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Amount  
(in thousands)                                                      

Available-for-Sale

                 

Obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies

               131,665        1.92     11,121        3.25                  

Collateralized mortgage obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies

               9,022        4.46                56,373        3.49       

Mortgage-backed securities of U.S. government corporations and agencies

               375        3.98     11,312        4.40     37,065        4.38       

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

    8,721        4.22     15,901        5.39     8,360        6.23     55,823        5.09       

Marketable equity securities

  $          $          $          $          $ 11,858   
Total   $ 8,721              $ 156,963              $ 30,793              $ 149,261              $ 11,858   

Weighted Average Rate

            4.22             2.42             4.48             4.31        

 

PAGE 46


Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued

 

 

Lending Activity

 

The following table summarizes our loan distribution at the end of each of the last five years:

 

    2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
December 31   Amount     % of
Total
    Amount     % of
Total
    Amount     % of
Total
    Amount     % of
Total
    Amount     % of
Total
 
(in thousands)                                                            

Consumer

                   

Home equity

  $ 411,404        13.14   $ 441,096        13.15   $ 458,643        13.49   $ 438,380        12.28   $ 294,413        10.53

Residential mortgage

    358,846        11.47     359,536        10.71     357,393        10.52     408,603        11.45     318,067        11.37

Installment and other consumer

    67,131        2.14     74,780        2.23     81,141        2.39     84,065        2.36     74,839        2.67

Consumer construction

    2,440        0.08     4,019        0.12     11,836        0.35     13,014        0.36     6,157        0.22

Total Consumer Loans

    839,821        26.83     879,431        26.21     909,013        26.75     944,062        26.45     693,476        24.79

Commercial

                   

Commercial real estate

    1,415,333        45.22     1,494,202        44.53     1,428,329        42.03     1,440,200        40.36     964,439        34.48

Commercial and industrial

    685,753        21.91     722,359        21.52     701,650        20.65     822,543        23.05     815,306        29.15

Commercial construction

    188,852        6.04     259,598        7.74     359,342        10.57     361,910        10.14     323,718        11.58

Total Commercial Loans

    2,289,938        73.17     2,476,159        73.79     2,489,321        73.25     2,624,653        73.55     2,103,463        75.21

Total Portfolio Loans

  $ 3,129,759        100   $ 3,355,590        100   $ 3,398,334        100   $ 3,568,715        100   $ 2,796,939        100

 

The loan portfolio represents the most significant source of interest income for us. The risk that borrowers will be unable to pay such obligations is inherent in the loan portfolio. Other conditions such as the overall economic climate can significantly impact the borrower’s ability to pay.

Total loans for the year ended December 31, 2011 were $3.1 billion, a $225.8 million decrease from the year ended December 31, 2010. Declines occurred in both the consumer and commercial loan portfolios due to less demand in our market area resulting from the current economic climate. The largest declines were in the commercial loan portfolio since commercial loans have been more impacted by the economic slowdown in our markets. We did experience some relief in the pace of loan pay downs in the latter half of 2011.

Commercial loans, including commercial real estate, or CRE, commercial and industrial, or C&I, and commercial construction, comprised 73 percent and 74 percent of total portfolio loans at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Although commercial loans can have a relatively higher risk profile, management believes these risks are mitigated through active portfolio management, conservative underwriting standards and continuous portfolio review. The loan-to-value policy guidelines for CRE loans are generally 65-85 percent. At December 31, 2011, variable rate commercial loans were 79 percent of the commercial loan portfolio as compared to 80 percent at December 31, 2010.

Home equity and residential mortgage loans comprised 25 percent of the loan portfolio in 2011 and 24 percent in 2010. Residential mortgage lending continues to be a strategic focus through a centralized mortgage origination department, ongoing product redesign, secondary market activities

 

PAGE 47


Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued

 

 

and the utilization of commission compensated originators. The loan-to-value policy guideline is 80 percent for residential first lien mortgages. Higher loan-to-value loans may be approved with the appropriate private mortgage insurance coverage. Second lien positions are assumed with home equity loans, but normally only to the extent that the combined credit exposure for both the first and second liens does not exceed 100 percent of the fair value of the property.

Management believes the downturn in the local residential real estate market and the impact of declining values on the real estate loan portfolio will be mitigated by our conservative mortgage lending policies for portfolio loans, which only permit a maximum term of 20 years. Balloon payment mortgages are also offered in the portfolio. The maximum balloon term is 15 years with a maximum amortization term of 30 years. Balloon mortgages with terms of 10 years or less may have a maximum amortization term for up to 40 years. Combo mortgage loans consisting of our residential first mortgage and home equity second mortgage are also available to credit worthy borrowers.

We also originate and price loans for sale into the secondary market, primarily to Federal National Mortgage Association, or FNMA. The rationale for these sales is to mitigate interest-rate risk associated with holding lower rate, long-term residential mortgages in the loan portfolio, generate fee revenue from sales and servicing and maintain the primary customer relationship. During the second quarter of 2011, we began to retain within the loan portfolio 10 and 15 year mortgages that had been priced and underwritten using secondary market terms and guidelines. During 2011 and 2010, we sold $67.9 million and $109.3 million, respectively, of 1–4 family mortgages to FNMA and currently service $332.6 million of secondary market mortgage loans at December 31, 2011 compared to $318.2 million at December 2010. Loans sold to FNMA decreased from the prior year due to both the change in strategy to sell only longer term mortgages as well as reduced refinance activity as many customers refinanced earlier in the cycle when rates first declined. We intend to continue to sell longer-term loans to FNMA in the future, especially during periods of lower interest rates.

We offer a variety of unsecured and secured consumer loan and credit card products. Loan-to-value policy guidelines for direct loans are 90–100 percent of invoice for new automobiles and 80–90 percent of National Automobile Dealer Association, or NADA, value for used automobiles.

Loan underwriting standards are established by a formal policy and are subject to periodic review and approval by the Board of Directors. During 2011, we implemented or enhanced various new policies and procedures to strengthen loan underwriting standards, including increased monitoring, improved risk ratings, stress testing and compliance in the area of commercial lending.

The following table presents the maturity of consumer and commercial loans outstanding as of December 31, 2011.

 

     Maturing  
      Within One
Year
     After One But
Within Five Years
     After Five
Years
     Total  
(in thousands)                            

Fixed interest rates

   $ 62,909       $ 222,893       $ 285,172       $ 570,975   

Variable interest rates

     201,056         20,618         47,172         268,846   

Total Consumer Loans

   $ 263,965       $ 243,511       $ 332,344       $ 839,821   

Fixed interest rates

     149,984         217,407         104,914         472,305   

Variable interest rates

     518,078         582,988         716,567         1,817,633   

Total Commercial Loans

   $ 668,062       $ 800,395       $ 821,481       $ 2,289,938   

Total Portfolio Loans

   $ 932,027       $ 1,043,907       $ 1,153,825       $ 3,129,759   

 

PAGE 48


Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued

 

 

Credit Quality

 

We monitor various credit quality indicators to mitigate the risk of adversely classified assets. We have a Criticized Asset Committee that meets quarterly and monitors all special mention loans greater than $1.0 million and substandard loans greater than $0.5 million. Additional credit risk management practices include periodic review and updates to lending policies and procedures surrounding sound underwriting practices and portfolio management expectations; a portfolio and loan stress testing initiative; and an independent loan review program developed to review underwriting decisions and adherence to policy, proper risk rating methodology and a review of all of our credit related business units. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in eliminating the risk with these loans and consequently they could result in losses for us.

We determine loans to be impaired when based upon current information and events it is probable that we will be unable to collect all principal and interest payments due according to the original contractual terms of the loan agreement. All of our TDRs are also classified as impaired, regardless of their size. Impaired loans are continually monitored by our Managed Assets Division.

Nonperforming assets consist of nonaccrual loans, TDRs and OREO. The following represents nonperforming assets for the periods presented:

 

      2011      2010      2009      2008      2007  
(in thousands)                                   

Nonaccrual Loans

              

Commercial real estate

   $ 20,777       $ 14,674       $ 52,380       $ 19,386       $ 7,359   

Commercial and industrial

     7,570         2,567         7,489         3,341         6,119   

Commercial construction

     3,604         5,844         21,674         13,848           

Home equity

     2,936         1,433         2,252         174         71   

Residential mortgage

     2,859         5,996         5,583         5,624         3,183   

Installment and other consumer

     4         65         20         73         65   

Consumer construction

     181         525                           

Total Nonaccrual Loans

     37,931         31,104         89,398         42,446         16,797   

Nonaccrual Troubled Debt Restructurings

              

Commercial real estate

     10,871         29,636         1,409                   

Commercial and industrial

             1,000                           

Commercial construction

     2,943         2,143                           

Residential mortgage

     4,370                                   

Total Nonaccrual Troubled Debt Restructurings

     18,184         32,779         1,409                   

Total Nonperforming Loans

     56,115         63,883         90,807         42,446         16,797   

OREO

     3,967         5,820         4,607         851         488   

Total Nonperforming Assets

   $ 60,082       $ 69,703       $ 95,414       $ 43,297       $ 17,285   

Nonperforming loans as a percent of total loans

     1.79%         1.90%         2.67%         1.19%         0.60%   

Nonperforming assets as a percent of total loans plus OREO

     1.92%         2.07%         2.80%         1.21%         0.62%   

 

PAGE 49


Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued

 

 

Nonperforming assets decreased 13.8 percent from the prior year as a result of resolution of several credits either through the foreclosure process and subsequent sale of the property or ultimate charge-off of the loan. We had several relationships where we were able to work directly with the borrower to restructure the loan and after a period of performance, these loans have been placed back on accruing status. Overall, our nonperforming loan formation slowed significantly compared to the prior year. Our commercial real estate portfolio continues to represent a significant amount of our nonperforming loans. There are no loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing.

TDRs are loans where we, for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, grant a concession to the borrower that we would not otherwise consider. Modifications to loans classified as TDR generally include reductions in contractual interest rates, principal deferment and extensions of maturity dates at a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for a new loan with similar risk characteristics. Generally these concessions are for a period of at least six months. While unusual, there may be instances of loan principal forgiveness.

TDRs can be returned to accruing status if the following criteria are met: 1) the ultimate collectability of all contractual amounts due, according to the restructured agreement, is not in doubt and 2) there is a period of a minimum of six months of satisfactory payment performance by the borrower either immediately before or after the restructuring.

All TDRs are considered to be impaired loans and will be reported as impaired loans for their remaining lives, unless the restructuring agreement specifies an interest rate equal to or greater than the rate that would be accepted at the time of the restructuring for a new loan with comparable risk and we fully expected that the remaining principal and interest will be collected according to the restructured agreement. All impaired loans are reported as nonaccrual loans unless the loan is a TDR that has met the requirements noted above to be returned to accruing status. As an example, consider a substandard commercial real estate loan that is currently 30 days past due. The loan is restructured to reduce the interest rate of the loan, but all other terms remain in place according to the original loan agreement. The interest rate reduction results in a below market interest rate. This loan will be considered a TDR as the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and a concession has been granted. At the time of the modification, the loan will be placed on nonaccrual status and reported as an impaired loan and a TDR. In addition, the loan will be charged down to the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. If the loan subsequently performs, by means of making on-time principal and interest payments according to the newly restructured terms for a period of six months, and it is expected that all remaining principal and interest will be collected according to the terms of the restructured agreement, the loan will be returned to accrual status and reported as an accruing TDR. The loan will remain an impaired loan for the remaining life of the loan since the interest rate was reduced to a below market rate.

As of December 31, 2011, we had $67.9 million in TDRs of which $49.7 million were accruing and $18.2 were in nonaccrual status. During 2011, many of these TDRs met the above requirements for being placed back into accrual status, reducing the nonaccrual TDRs by $17.1 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, we modified $6.9 million of commercial and industrial loans, $6.6 million of commercial real estate loans, $4.5 million of commercial construction loans and $2.1 million of residential real estate for financially troubled borrowers that were not considered to be TDRs. These borrowers received modifications that represented insignificant delays in the timing of payments that were not considered to be concessions. TDRs increased significantly during 2011 as we are working closely with our customers during these challenging times to establish terms that will allow the customer to continue to pay and ultimately increase our likelihood of full repayment of these loans.

OREO and other repossessed assets are comprised of properties acquired through foreclosure proceedings or acceptance of a deed in lieu of a foreclosure. At December 31, 2011, OREO consists of

 

PAGE 50


Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued

 

 

18 properties with one property comprising $1.5 million or 37 percent of the entire OREO balance. All properties have current appraisals. It is our policy to obtain appraisals annually or sooner if indications of impairment exist. Foreclosures increased to 41 in 2011 compared to 37 in 2010.

The following represents delinquency for the periods presented:

 

    2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
December 31   Amount     % of
Loans
    Amount     % of
Loans
    Amount     % of
Loans
    Amount     % of
Loans
    Amount     % of
Loans
 
(in thousands)                                                            

90 days or more:

                   

Commercial real estate

  $ 31,648        2.24   $ 44,310        2.97   $ 53,789        3.77   $ 19,386        1.35   $ 7,359        0.76%   

Commercial and industrial

    7,570        1.10     3,567        0.49     7,489        1.07     3,341        0.41     6,119        0.75%   

Commercial construction

    6,547        3.47     7,987        3.08     21,674        6.03     13,848        3.83            —%   

Home equity

    2,936        0.71     1,433        0.32     2,252        0.49     174        0.04     71        0.02%   

Residential mortgage

    7,229        2.01     5,996        1.67     5,583        1.56     5,624        1.38     3,183        1.00%   

Installment and other consumer

    4        0.01     65        0.09     20        0.02     73        0.09     65        0.09%   

Consumer construction

    181        7.42     525        13.06                                  —%   

Total Loans

  $ 56,115        1.79   $ 63,883        1.90   $ 90,807        2.67   $ 42,446        1.19   $ 16,797        0.60%   

30 to 89 days:

                   

Commercial real estate

  $ 9,105        0.64   $ 4,371        0.29   $ 22,923        1.60   $ 9,603        0.67   $ 17,063        1.77%   

Commercial and industrial

    5,284        0.77     1,714        0.24     1,241        0.18     3,689        0.45     3,770        0.46%   

Commercial construction

               835        0.32     899        0.25     10,446        2.89     65        0.02%   

Home equity

    2,890        0.70     2,451        0.56     2,106        0.46     356        0.08     137        0.05%   

Residential mortgage

    2,403        0.67     1,346        0.37     5,151        1.44     5,093        1.25     3,396        1.07%   

Installment and other consumer

    452        0.67     342        0.46     852        1.05     449        0.53     426        0.57%   

Consumer construction

                                                       —%   

Total Loans

  $ 20,134        0.64   $ 11,059        0.33   $ 33,172        0.98   $ 29,636        0.83   $ 24,857        0.89%   

 

Closed-end installment loans, amortizing loans secured by real estate and any other loans with payments scheduled monthly are reported past due when the borrower is in arrears two or more monthly payments. Other multi-payment obligations with payments scheduled other than monthly are reported past due when one scheduled payment is due and unpaid for 30 days or more. We monitor delinquency on a monthly basis, including early stage delinquencies in the 30 to 89 days past due for early identification of potential problem loans.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

We maintain an ALL at a level determined to be adequate to absorb estimated probable credit losses inherent within the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. Determination of an adequate ALL is inherently subjective, as it requires estimations of the occurrence of future events, as well as the timing of such events, and it may be subject to significant changes from period to period. The methodology for determining the All has two main components: evaluation and impairment tests of individual loans and impairment tests of certain groups of homogeneous loans with similar risk characteristics.

 

PAGE 51


Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued

 

 

We enhanced our ALL model in the fourth quarter of 2010 to better align it with the regulatory guidance. The calculation of the base historical loss utilizing an average method over the prior five years was shortened to include a one to two year loss emergence period depending on the loan category over a rolling four quarter average. Loss emergence refers to the length of time between a loss event and a charge-off of the loan. With the volatility in the credit cycle at that time, the shorter time horizon was more responsive to the loss emergence periods we were experiencing in our portfolio. We believe this shorter time horizon provides a better indication of inherent losses in the loan portfolio given the recent economic downturn. We also refined the qualitative factors beginning in the fourth quarter of 2010 to better align with the regulatory guidance. Qualitative factors became a basis point adjustment applied to the historical base loss. The combination of the enhancements to the average method and the qualitative factors did not materially change the ALL at December 31, 2010, resulting in an increase in the ALL of less than $0.5 million. Since December 31, 2010, there have been no further enhancements to the ALL methodology.

We develop and document a systematic ALL methodology based on the following portfolio segments: 1) CRE, 2) C&I, 3) Commercial Construction, 4) Consumer Real Estate and 5) Other Consumer. The following is the ALL for the past 5 years by portfolio segment:

 

    2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
December 31   Amount     % of
Total
    Amount     % of
Total
    Amount     % of
Total
    Amount     % of
Total
    Amount     % of
Total
 
(in thousands)                                                            

Commercial real estate

  $ 29,804        61   $ 30,424        59   $ 27,322        46   $ 18,781        44%      $ 8,014        23%   

Commercial and industrial

    11,274        23     9,777        19     21,393        36     20,170        47%        23,260        68%   

Commercial construction

    3,703        8     5,905        11     8,008        13     73        —%        51        —%   

Consumer real estate

    3,166        6     3,962        8     2,143        4     2,750        7%        2,266        7%   

Other consumer

    894        2     1,319        3     714        1     915        2%        754        2%   

Total

  $ 48,841        100   $ 51,387        100   $ 59,580        100   $ 42,689        100%      $ 34,345        100%   

 

An inherent risk to the loan portfolio as a whole is the condition of the local economy. In addition, each loan segment carries with it risks specific to the segment.

CRE loans are secured by commercial purpose real estate, including both owner occupied properties and investment properties for various purposes such as hotels, strip malls and apartments. Individual project cash flows, as well as global cash flows, are generally the sources of repayment for these loans. Besides cash flow risks, CRE loans have collateral risk and risks based upon the business prospects of the lessee, if the project is not owner occupied.

C&I loans are made to operating companies or manufacturers for the purpose of production, operating capacity, accounts receivable, inventory or equipment financing. Collateral for these types of loans often do not have sufficient value in a distressed or liquidation scenario to satisfy the outstanding debt. Cash flow from the operations of the company is the primary source of repayment for these loans and the cash flow depends not only on the economy as a whole, but also on the health of the company’s industry.

Commercial construction loans are made to finance construction of buildings or other structures, as well as to finance the acquisition and development of raw land for various purposes. While the risk is generally confined to the construction period, if there are problems, the project may not be completed, and as such, may not provide sufficient cash flow on its own to service the debt or have sufficient value in a liquidation to cover the outstanding principal. There are also various risks depending on the type of project and the experience and resources of the developer.

Consumer real estate loans are secured by 1-4 family residences, including purchase money mortgages, first and second lien home equity loans and home equity lines of credit. The primary

 

PAGE 52


Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued

 

 

source of repayment for these loans is the income and assets of the borrower. The unemployment rate, as well as the state of the local housing market have a significant impact on the risk determination, since low demand and/or declining home values can limit the ability of borrowers to sell a property and satisfy the debt.

Other consumer loans are made to individuals and may be secured by assets other than 1-4 family residences, or may be unsecured. This class of loans includes auto loans, unsecured lines and credit cards. The primary source of repayment for these loans is the income and assets of the borrower so the local unemployment rate is an important indicator of risk. The value of the collateral, if there is any, is less likely to be a source of repayment due to less certain collateral values.

Significant to the ALL is a higher mix of commercial loans. At December 31, 2011, approximately 92 percent of the ALL related to the commercial loan portfolio, while commercial loans comprise 73 percent of our loan portfolio. Commercial loans have been more impacted by the economic slowdown in our markets and more specifically our commercial real estate loan portfolio. The ability of customers to repay commercial loans is more dependent upon the success of their business, continuing income and general economic conditions. Accordingly, the risk of loss is higher on such loans compared to consumer loans, which have incurred lower losses in our market.

The following table summarizes the ALL for each of the last five years as indicated:

 

December 31    2011      2010      2009      2008      2007  
(in thousands)                                   

General reserves

   $ 43,296       $ 47,756       $ 42,577       $ 35,574       $ 31,426   

Specific reserves

     5,545         3,631         17,003         7,115         2,919   

Total Allowance for Loan Losses

   $ 48,841       $ 51,387       $ 59,580       $ 42,689       $ 34,345   

 

The balance in the ALL decreased to $48.8 million or 1.56 percent of total loans at December 31, 2011 as compared to $51.4 million or 1.53 percent of total loans at December 31, 2010. The ALL includes $5.5 million that was specifically allocated for impaired loans of $94.0 million at December 31, 2011, compared to $3.6 million that was allocated for impaired loans of $50.7 million at December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2011, the ALL was 87 percent of nonperforming loans compared to 80 percent at December 31, 2010. The slight decline in the reserve is a result of the overall improving economic conditions. More specifically the decline in the general reserve is impacted by lower loss rates that we experienced in 2011. Net charge-offs declined $19.5 million from the prior year with total net charge-offs of $18.2 million in 2011 compared to $37.7 million in 2010. The increase in the specific reserves was prompted by the increase in impaired loans during the year. Impaired loans increased $43.3 million to $94.0 million compared to $50.7 million at December 31, 2010. The increase is driven by $37.7 million of new TDRs during 2011 as we worked with our customers who are impacted by the current economic climate.

Consumer unsecured loans and secured loans that are not real estate secured are evaluated for charge-off after the loan becomes 90 days past due. At that time, unsecured loans are fully charged-off and secured loans are charged-off to the estimated fair value of the collateral less the cost to sell. Consumer loans secured by real estate are evaluated for charge-off after the loan balance becomes 90 days past due and are charged down to the estimated fair value of the collateral less cost to sell.

Our charge-off policy for commercial loans requires that loans and other obligations that are not collectible be promptly charged-off when a confirmed loss exists, regardless of the delinquency status of the loan. We may elect to recognize a partial charge-off when management has determined that the value of collateral is less than the remaining investment in the loan. A loan or obligation does not need to be charged-off, regardless of delinquency status, if (i) management has determined there exists sufficient collateral to protect the remaining loan balance and (ii) there exists a strategy to

 

PAGE 53


Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued

 

 

liquidate the collateral. Management may also consider a number of other factors to determine when a charge-off is appropriate. These factors may include, but are not limited to:

 

   

The status of a bankruptcy proceeding;

   

The value of collateral and probability of successful liquidation; and/or

   

The status of adverse proceedings or litigation that may result in collection.

 

The following summarizes our loan loss experience for each of the five years presented below:

 

Years Ended December 31    2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
(in thousands)                               

ALL Balance at Beginning of Year:

   $ 51,387      $ 59,580      $ 42,689      $ 34,345      $ 33,220   

Charge-offs:

          

Commercial real estate

     (8,824     (23,925     (8,795     (828     (273

Commercial and industrial

     (8,971     (7,277     (29,350     (4,681     (4,921

Commercial construction

     (1,720     (6,353     (12,397     (1,869     (118

Consumer real estate

     (2,617     (2,210     (4,558     (3,217     (515

Other consumer

     (1,013     (1,262     (1,762     (1,575     (1,253

Total

     (23,145     (41,027     (56,862     (12,170     (7,080

Recoveries:

          

Commercial real estate

     780        576        70        523        18   

Commercial and industrial

     357        328        532        1,035        1,452   

Commercial construction

     2,463        1,748                        

Consumer real estate

     1,030        202        276        157        256   

Other consumer

     360        469        521        501        667   

Total

     4,990        3,323        1,399        2,216        2,393   

Net Charge-offs

     (18,155     (37,704     (55,463     (9,954     (4,687

Provision for loan losses

     15,609        29,511        72,354        12,878        5,812   

Acquired loan loss reserve

                          5,420          

ALL Balance at End of Year:

   $ 48,841      $ 51,387      $ 59,580      $ 42,689      $ 34,345   

 

Net loan charge-offs decreased $19.5 million to $18.2 million or 0.56 percent of average loans for 2011 as compared to $37.7 million or 1.11 percent of average loans for 2010. The significant decrease is a result of improving economic conditions in 2011.

The following table summarizes net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans and other ratios:

 

December 31    2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Commercial real estate

     0.55  %      1.42     3.42     0.52     0.04

Commercial and industrial

     1.24  %      1.62     0.62     0.03     0.03

Commercial construction

     (0.34 )%      0.96     3.74     0.43     0.46

Consumer real estate

     0.20  %      0.24     0.50     0.40     0.04

Other consumer

     0.94  %      1.04     1.52     1.35     0.78

Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans outstanding

     0.56  %      1.11     1.60     0.31     0.17

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans

     1.56  %      1.53     1.75     1.20     1.23

Allowance for loan losses to total nonperforming loans

     87  %      80     66     101     204

Provision for loan losses as a percentage of net loan charge-offs

     86  %      78     130     184     124

 

PAGE 54


Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued

 

 

Deposits

 

The following table presents the composition of deposits at December 31:

 

December 31    2011      2010      $ Change  
(in thousands)                     

Noninterest-bearing demand

   $ 818,686       $ 765,812       $ 52,874   

Interest-bearing demand

     283,611         295,246         (11,635

Money market

     278,092         262,683         15,409   

Savings

     802,942         753,813         49,129   

Certificates of deposit

     1,152,528         1,239,970         (87,442

Total

   $ 3,335,859       $ 3,317,524       $ 18,335   

 

Deposits are the primary source of funds for us. We believe that our deposit base is stable and that we have the ability to attract new deposits, mitigating a funding dependency on other more volatile sources. During 2011, noninterest-bearing demand deposit accounts increased $52.9 million primarily related to the low interest rate environment, our marketing efforts for new demand accounts and corporate cash management services. The low interest rate environment also had an impact on our overall deposit mix as customer certificate of deposit maturities shifted to savings and money market products.

Certificates of deposit of $100,000 and over were 11 percent of total deposits at December 31, 2011 and 12 percent of total deposits at December 31, 2010, and primarily represent deposit relationships with local customers in our market area. Maturities of certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more outstanding at December 31 are summarized as follows:

 

December 31    2011  
(in thousands)       

Three months or less

   $ 159,557   

Over three through six months

     98,607   

Over six through twelve months

     50,745   

Over twelve months

     118,157   

Total

   $ 427,066   

 

Through the Promontory Interfinancial Network, LLC, we participate in the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Services, or CDARS, reciprocal and One-Way Buy programs. We have been a member of Promontory and have utilized CDARS since 2009. Reciprocal deposits provide a stable and cost-effective source of funds with rates generally lower than traditional brokered deposits. Although reciprocal deposits are considered “brokered” under existing law, they tend to act more like core deposits. Reciprocal deposits are customer funds exchanged among insured depository institutions that are member of the CDARS deposit placement service. Through the exchange, we benefit from large, local customer deposits, while providing our customers with access to FDIC insurance protection beyond the maximum deposit insurance amount. Reciprocal deposits address the need to attract and retain valuable customer relationships. As of December 31, 2011 there was $15.0 million in CDARS reciprocal deposits. We also participate in the CDARS One-Way Buy program which allows us to obtain large blocks of wholesale funding, while maintaining control over pricing. Through the One-Way Buy program, funding is effectively purchased from insured depository institutions that are

 

PAGE 55


Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued

 

 

member of the CDARS deposit placement service. As of December 31, 2011 we had $55.8 million in the CDARS One-Way Buy program.

The daily average amount of deposits and rates paid on such deposits are summarized for the periods indicated in the following table:

 

     2011     2010     2009  
Years Ended December 31    Amount      Rate     Amount      Rate     Amount      Rate  
(in thousands)                                        

Noninterest-bearing demand

   $ 792,911         $ 728,708         $ 637,434      

Interest-bearing demand

     286,588         0.13     267,291         0.21     241,123         0.23

Money market

     249,497         0.15     251,092         0.26     244,619         0.44

Savings

     761,274         0.17     749,325         0.28     758,216         0.46

Certificates of deposit

     1,181,822         1.77     1,300,803         1.95     1,367,372         2.44

Total

   $ 3,272,092         0.70   $ 3,297,219         0.87   $ 3,248,764         1.18

 

Borrowings

 

The following table represents the composition of borrowings at December 31:

 

Years Ended December 31    2011      2010      $ Change  
(in thousands)                     

Securities sold under repurchase agreements, retail

   $ 30,370       $ 40,653       $ (10,283

Short-term borrowings

     75,000                 75,000   

Long-term borrowings

     31,874         29,365         2,509   

Junior subordinated debt securities

     90,619         90,619           
Total Borrowings    $ 227,863       $ 160,637       $ 67,226   

 

Borrowings are an additional source of funding for us. Short-term borrowings are for terms under one year and were comprised of REPO, federal funds purchased, term auction facility, or TAF, borrowings and FHLB advances. We define repurchase agreements with our local retail customers as retail REPO. Securities pledged as collateral under these REPO financing arrangements cannot be sold or repledged by the secured party and are therefore accounted for as a secured borrowing. Federal funds purchased are unsecured overnight borrowings with other financial institutions. TAF borrowings are collateral backed short-term loans with the Federal Reserve. FHLB advances are for various terms secured by a blanket lien on residential mortgages and other real estate secured loans. The purpose of long-term borrowings is to match-fund selected new loan originations, to mitigate interest rate sensitivity risks and to take advantage of discounted borrowing rates through the FHLB for community investment projects. The increase in borrowings of $67.2 million is primarily within our short-term borrowings and was done to maintain our liquidity position after the redemption of the preferred stock in December of 2011.

During 2011, long-term borrowings increased $2.5 million as compared to December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2011, we had long-term borrowings of $28.8 million outstanding at a fixed rate and $3.1 million at a variable rate.

During the third quarter of 2006, we issued $25.0 million of junior subordinated debentures through a pooled transaction at an initial fixed rate of 6.78 percent. Beginning September 15, 2011 and quarterly thereafter, we have the option to redeem the subordinated debt, subject to a 30 day written notice and prior approval by the FDIC. We chose not to exercise the option for early

 

PAGE 56


Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued

 

 

redemption on September 15, 2011 and the subordinated debt converted to a variable rate of 3-month LIBOR plus 160 basis points. The subordinated debt qualifies as Tier 2 capital under regulatory guidelines and will mature on December 15, 2036.

During the first quarter of 2008, we completed a private placement to a financial institution of $20.0 million of floating rate trust preferred securities. The trust preferred securities mature in March 2038, are callable at our option after five years, bear interest initially at a rate of 6.44 percent per annum and quarterly adjust with the three-month LIBOR plus 350 basis points. We began making interest payments to the trustee on June 15, 2008 and quarterly thereafter. The trust preferred securities qualify as Tier 1 capital under regulatory guidelines. To issue these trust preferred securities, we formed STBA Capital Trust I, or the Trust, with $0.6 million of equity, which is owned 100 percent by us. The proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities and the issuance of common equity were invested in junior subordinated debt, which is the sole asset of the Trust. The Trust pays dividends on the trust preferred securities at the same rate as the distribution we paid on the junior subordinate debt held by the Trust. Since the third-party investors are the primary beneficiaries, the Trust qualifies as a variable interest entity, or VIE, but is not consolidated in our financial statements.

During the second quarter of 2008, we issued $20.0 million of junior subordinated debt through a private placement with three financial institutions at an initial rate of 6.40 percent that floats quarterly with 3-month LIBOR plus 350 basis points. If all or any portion of the subordinated debt ceases to be deemed Tier 2 Capital due to a change in applicable capital regulations, we will have the right to redeem, on any interest payment date, subject to a 30 day written notice and prior approval by the FDIC, the subordinated debt at the applicable redemption rate, which starts at a high of 102.82 percent at June 15, 2009 and decreases yearly to 100 percent on June 15, 2013 and thereafter and can be called after five years. The subordinated debt qualifies as Tier 2 capital under regulatory guidelines and will mature on June 15, 2018.

Also during the second quarter of 2008, we issued $25.0 million of junior subordinated debt through a private placement with a financial institution at an initial rate of 5.15 percent that floats quarterly with 3-month LIBOR plus 250 basis points. At any time after May 30, 2013, we will have the right to redeem all or a portion of the subordinated debt, subject to a 30-day written notice and prior approval by the FDIC. The subordinated debt qualifies as Tier 2 capital under regulatory guidelines and will mature on May 30, 2018.

Information pertaining to REPO, federal funds purchased and TAF borrowings is summarized in the table below:

 

      2011     2010     2009  
(in thousands)                   

Balance at December 31

   $ 30,370      $ 40,653      $ 44,935   

Average balance during the year

     41,584        46,489        94,019   

Average interest rate during the year

     0.13     0.14     0.17

Maximum month-end balance during the year

   $ 42,409      $ 52,046      $ 129,835   

Average interest rate at December 31

     0.11     0.07     0.14

 

PAGE 57


Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued

 

 

Information pertaining to FHLB advances is summarized in the table below:

 

      2011     2010     2009  
(in thousands)                   

Balance at December 31

   $ 75,000      $      $ 51,300   

Average balance during the year

     551        32,473        96,929   

Average interest rate during the year

     0.32     0.45     0.54

Maximum month-end balance during the year

   $ 75,000      $ 141,800      $ 195,150   

Average interest rate at December 31

     0.18            0.62

 

Wealth Management Assets

 

As of December 31, 2011, the fair value of the S&T Bank wealth management assets under management and administration, which are not accounted for as part of our assets, increased to $1.5 billion from $1.4 billion in the prior year. Assets under management and administration of $1.5 billion consist of $1.1 billion in S&T Trust and $0.4 billion in S&T Financial Services. The increase in 2011 is primarily attributable to the improved performance of the U.S. and global capital markets.

 

Explanation of Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

 

In addition to the results of operations presented in accordance with GAAP, our management uses and this Annual Report contains or references, certain non-GAAP financial measures, such as net interest income on a fully taxable-equivalent basis, operating revenue and the efficiency ratio. We believe these non-GAAP financial measures provide information useful to investors in understanding our underlying operational performance and our business and performance trends as they facilitate comparisons with the performance of others in the financial services industry. Although we believe that these non-GAAP financial measures enhance investors’ understanding of our business and performance, these non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered an alternative to GAAP or considered to be more important than financial results determined in accordance with GAAP, nor is it necessarily comparable with non-GAAP measures which may be presented by other companies.

We believe the presentation of net interest income on a fully taxable-equivalent basis ensures comparability of net interest income arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources and is consistent with industry practice. Interest income per the Consolidated Statements of Income is reconciled to net interest income adjusted to a fully taxable-equivalent basis on pages 33 and 39.

Operating revenue is the sum of net interest income and noninterest income less security gains/losses. In order to understand the significance of net interest income to our business and operating results, we believe it is appropriate to evaluate the significance of net interest income as a component of operating revenue.

The efficiency ratio is recurring noninterest expense divided by recurring noninterest income plus net interest income, on a fully taxable-equivalent basis, which ensures comparability of net interest income arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources and is consistent with industry practice.

 

Capital Resources

 

Shareholders’ equity decreased $88.2 million to $490.5 million at December 31, 2011 compared to $578.7 million at December 31, 2010. The significant decrease in shareholders’ equity is due to the redemption of the preferred stock of $108.7 million that we issued on January 16, 2009 in conjunction with our participation in the CPP. Further decreasing equity was $5.1 million of dividends related to the preferred stock. Included in other comprehensive income/loss was a decline

 

PAGE 58


Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued

 

 

of $12.2 million in the funded status of our employee benefit plans as a result of a significant decline in the discount rate used to calculate our liability. We paid dividends to our common shareholders of $16.9 million during 2011 and had net income available to common shareholders of $39.7.

We continue to maintain a strong capital position with a leverage ratio of 9.17 percent as compared to the regulatory guideline of 5.00 percent to be well capitalized. Our risk-based capital Tier 1 and Total ratios were 11.63 percent and 15.20 percent, respectively, at December 31, 2011, which places us significantly above the Federal Reserve Board’s “well capitalized” guidelines of 6.00 percent and 10.00 percent for Tier 1 and Total capital. We believe that we have sufficient cash flow, including cash and cash equivalents, and borrowing capacity to fund all outstanding commitments and letters of credit, while maintaining proper levels of liquidity. We believe that we have the ability to raise additional capital, if necessary.

In August 2009, we filed a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 under the Securities Act of 1933 as amended, with the SEC for the issuance of up to $300.0 million of a variety of securities including, debt and capital securities, preferred and common stock and warrants. We may use the proceeds from the sale of any securities for general corporate purposes, which could include investments at the holding company level, investing in, or extending credit to, our subsidiaries, possible acquisitions and stock repurchases. As of December 31, 2011, we had not issued any securities pursuant to the shelf registration statement.

 

Contractual Obligations

 

Contractual obligations represent future cash commitments and liabilities under agreements with third parties and exclude contingent contractual liabilities for which we cannot reasonably predict future payments. We have various financial obligations, including contractual obligations and commitments that may require future cash payments.

The following table presents as of December 31, 2011, significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations to third parties by payment date:

 

     Payments Due In  
      2012      2013-2014      2015-2016      Later Years      Total  
(in thousands)                                   

Deposits without a stated maturity(1)

   $ 2,183,331       $       $       $       $ 2,183,331   

Certificates of deposit(1)

     706,140         306,058         129,823         10,507         1,152,528   

Securities sold under repurchase agreements(1)

     30,370                                 30,370   

Short-term borrowings(1)

     75,000                                 75,000   

Long-term borrowings(1)

     1,818         13,841         3,886         12,329         31,874   

Junior subordinated debt securities(1)

                             90,619         90,619   

Operating and capital leases

     1,624         3,297         3,270         33,450         41,641   

Purchase obligations

     9,124         12,862         12,988                 34,974   

Total

   $ 3,007,407       $ 336,058       $ 149,967       $ 146,905       $ 3,640,337   
(1) 

Excludes interest

 

PAGE 59


Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued

 

 

Operating lease obligations represent short and long-term lease arrangements as described in Item 8, Note 9 Premises and Equipment, in the Consolidated Financial Statements. Purchase obligations primarily represent obligations under agreement with our third party data processing servicer and communications charges as described in Note 16 Commitments and Contingencies.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

In the normal course of business, we offer off-balance sheet credit arrangements to enable our customers to meet their financing objectives. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the financial statements. Our exposure to credit loss, in the event the customer does not satisfy the terms of the agreement, equals the contractual amount of the obligation less the value of any collateral. We apply the same credit policies in making commitments and standby letters of credit that are used for the underwriting of loans to customers. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates, annual renewals or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The allowance for unfunded commitments is included in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The following table sets forth the commitments and letters of credit for the periods stated:

 

December 31    2011      2010  
(in thousands)              

Commitments to extend credit

   $ 816,160       $ 836,042   

Standby letters of credit

     119,576         135,489   

Total

   $ 935,736       $ 971,531   

 

Estimates of the fair value of these off-balance sheet items were not made because of the short-term nature of these arrangements and the credit standing of the counterparties.

Our allowance for unfunded commitments is determined using a methodology similar to that used to determine the ALL. Amounts are added to the allowance for unfunded commitments through a charge to current earnings in noninterest expense. The balance in the allowance for unfunded commitments decreased slightly to $1.2 million at December 31, 2011 as compared to $2.7 million at December 31, 2010 due to a decrease in the volume of commitments in 2011.

 

Liquidity

 

Liquidity is defined as a financial institution’s ability to meet its cash and collateral obligations at a reasonable cost. This includes the ability to satisfy the financial needs of depositors who want to withdraw funds or of borrowers needing to access funds to meet their credit needs. Liquidity risk management involves monitoring and maintaining sufficient levels of a diverse set of funding sources that are available for normal operations and for unanticipated stress events. In order to manage liquidity risk our Board of Directors has delegated authority to the ALCO for formulation, implementation and oversight of liquidity risk management. ALCO’s goal is to maintain adequate levels of liquidity to meet our funding needs in both a normal operating environment and for potential liquidity stress events.

Our primary funding and liquidity source is a stable deposit base. We believe that the bank has the ability to retain existing and attract new deposits, mitigating a funding dependency on other more volatile sources. Although deposits are the primary source of funds, we have identified various funding sources that can be used as part of our normal funding program when either a structure or cost

 

PAGE 60


Table of Contents

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued

 

 

efficiency has been identified. These funding sources include a cushion of highly liquid assets, borrowing availability at the FHLB, Federal Funds lines with other financial institutions and access to the brokered certificates of deposit market including CDARs.

Since the beginning of the financial industry crisis in 2008, monitoring and maintaining appropriate liquidity levels has become a focus of regulators, bankers and investors. ALCO has enhanced the measurement, monitoring and reporting systems for liquidity risk management for potential liquidity stress events. Specific focus has been on maintaining an adequate level of asset liquidity, performing short-term and long-term stress tests and developing a more detailed contingency funding plan. We also work to ensure access to various wholesale funding sources is available, even in a stress event.

ALCO uses a variety of ratios and reports to monitor our liquidity position. ALCO monitors an asset liquidity ratio, which is defined as the sum of interest-bearing deposits with banks, unpledged securities and loans held for sale to total assets. During 2011, our asset liquidity has improved as loans decreased and deposits remained relatively stable. In addition to the asset liquidity ratio, ALCO reviews cash flow projections, a liquidity coverage ratio and various balance sheet liquidity ratios. ALCO policy guidelines are in place for each ratio that defines graduated risk tolerance levels. If a ratio moves to high risk, specific actions are defined, such as increased monitoring or the development of an action plan to reduce the risk position.

 

Inflation

 

Management is aware of the significant effect inflation has on interest rates and can have on financial performance. Our ability to cope with this is best determined by analyzing our capability to respond to changing interest rates and our ability to manage noninterest income and expense. We monitor the mix of interest-rate sensitive assets and liabilities through ALCO in order to reduce the impact of inflation on net interest income. We also control the effects of inflation by reviewing the prices of our products and services, by introducing new products and services and by controlling overhead expenses.

 

Item 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

 

ALCO monitors and manages interest rate sensitivity through gap, rate shock analyses, simulations and economic value of equity, or EVE, in order to avoid unacceptable earnings fluctuations due to interest rate changes. Our gap model includes certain management assumptions based upon past experience and the expected behavior of customers. The assumptions include principal prepayments for fixed rate loans, collateralized mortgage obligations and mortgage-backed securities and classifying the demand, money market and savings balances by degree of interest rate sensitivity.

 

PAGE 61


Table of Contents

Item 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK — continued

 

 

The gap and cumulative gap represent the net position of assets and liabilities subject to repricing in specific time periods, as measured by a ratio of rate sensitive assets to rate sensitive liabilities. The table below shows the amount and timing of repricing assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2011.

 

     GAP  
      1-6 Months      7-12 Months      13-24 Months      >2 Years  
(in thousands)                            

Repricing Assets:

           

Cash and due from banks including interest-bearing deposits

   $ 208,854       $       $       $ 61,672   

Securities available-for-sale

     51,109         42,260         60,195         204,032   

Loans, net

     1,511,960         274,896         444,113         852,799   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost

                             18,216   

Other assets

                             389,888   

Total Assets

   $ 1,771,923       $ 317,156       $ 504,308       $ 1,526,607   

Repricing Liabilities:

           

Noninterest-bearing demand

   $       $       $       $ 818,686   

Interest-bearing demand

     35,451         35,451         70,903         141,806   

Money market

     278,092                           

Savings

     540,131         37,544         75,089         150,178   

Certificates of deposit

     531,783         174,349         218,077         228,319   

Securities sold under repurchase agreements and short-term borrowings

     80,370         25,000                   

Long-term borrowings and junior subordinated debt securities

     94,620         917         11,885         15,071   

Other liabilities and shareholders’ equity

                             556,272   

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

     1,560,447         273,261         375,954         1,910,332   

GAP

     211,476         43,895         128,354         (383,725

Cumulative GAP

   $ 211,476       $ 255,371       $ 383,725       $   

 

Rate Sensitive Assets / Rate Sensitive Liabilities    December 31, 2011      December 31, 2010  

Cumulative 6 Months

     1.14         1.25   

Cumulative 12 Months

     1.14         1.18   

 

Our one-year repricing gap at December 31, 2011 indicates an asset sensitive position. This means that more assets than liabilities will reprice during the measured time frames. The implications of an asset sensitive position will differ depending upon the change in market interest rates. For example, with an asset sensitive position in a declining interest rate environment, more assets than liabilities will decrease in rate. This situation could result in a decrease in interest rate spreads, net interest income and operating income. Conversely, with an asset sensitive position in a rising interest rate environment, more assets than liabilities will increase in rate. This situation could result in an increase in interest rate spreads, net interest income and operating income.

 

PAGE 62


Table of Contents

Item 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK — continued

 

 

In addition to the gap analysis, we perform rate shock analyses on a static balance sheet to estimate the effect that specific interest rate changes would have on 12 months of pretax net interest income. Rate shock analyses assume an immediate parallel shift of +/-300 basis points in market interest rates. We have modified assumptions in the -300 basis point rate shock analysis due to the very low level of interest rates. Rate shock analyses also incorporate management assumptions regarding the level of interest rate changes on non-maturity deposit products (noninterest-bearing demand, interest-bearing demand, money market and savings) and changes in the prepayment behavior of fixed rate loans and securities with optionality. Inclusion of these assumptions makes rate shock analyses more useful than gap analysis alone. Our policy guidelines limit the change in pretax net interest income over a one-year horizon using rate shocks up to +/- 300 basis points. Policy guidelines define the percent change in pretax net interest income by graduated risk tolerance levels.

The table below shows the percent change to pretax net interest income with a rate shock of +/- 300 basis points.

 

      +300 bps      -300 bps  

December 31, 2011

     11.34%         (8.85)%   

December 31, 2010

     11.67%         (10.76)%   

 

The impact to pretax net interest income in the +/-300 basis point rate shocks for December 31, 2011 is consistent with having an asset sensitive balance sheet. The +300 basis point rate shock results are relatively unchanged when comparing December 31, 2011 to December 31, 2010. The -300 basis point rate shock results have improved because a flattened yield curve has caused more loans to reprice to their floors, mitigating any further downward repricing.

In order to monitor interest rate risk beyond the one-year time horizon of shocks, we also perform EVE analysis. EVE represents the present value of all asset cash flows minus the present value of all liability cash flows. As with rate shock analysis, EVE incorporates management assumptions regarding prepayment behavior of fixed rate loans and securities with optionality and core deposit behavior and value. We measure the change in EVE using shocks up to +/- 300 basis points. Policy guidelines define the percent change in EVE by graduated risk tolerance levels. The December 31, 2011 results reflect a 20.86 percent increase and 15.11 percent decrease to EVE given a +300 and –300 basis point change in interest rates, respectively.

 

PAGE 63


Table of Contents

Item 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

 

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     65   

Consolidated Statements of Income

     66   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

     67   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     68   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     69   

Report of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Effectiveness of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

     124   

Report of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Consolidated Financial Statements

     125   

 

PAGE 64


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

S&T Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

December 31   2011     2010  
(in thousands, except share and per share data)            

ASSETS

   

Cash and due from banks, including interest-bearing deposits of $208,854 and $61,260 in 2011 and 2010, respectively

  $ 270,526      $ 108,196   

Securities available-for-sale, at fair value

    357,596        288,025   

Loans held for sale

    2,850        8,337   

Portfolio loans, net of unearned income of $715 and $973

    3,129,759        3,355,590   

Allowance for loan losses

    (48,841     (51,387

Portfolio loans, net

    3,080,918        3,304,203   

Bank owned life insurance

    56,755        54,924   

Premises and equipment, net

    37,755        39,954   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost

    18,216        22,365   

Goodwill

    165,273        165,273   

Other intangibles, net

    5,728        7,465   

Other assets

    124,377        115,597   

Total Assets

  $ 4,119,994      $ 4,114,339   

LIABILITIES

   

Deposits:

   

Noninterest-bearing demand

  $ 818,686      $ 765,812   

Interest-bearing demand

    283,611        295,246   

Money market

    278,092        262,683   

Savings

    802,942        753,813   

Certificates of deposit

    1,152,528        1,239,970   

Total Deposits

    3,335,859        3,317,524   

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

    30,370        40,653   

Short-term borrowings

    75,000          

Long-term borrowings

    31,874        29,365   

Junior subordinated debt securities

    90,619        90,619   

Other liabilities

    65,746        57,513   

Total Liabilities

    3,629,468        3,535,674   

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   

Fixed rate cumulative perpetual preferred stock, series A, no par value, $1,000 per share liquidation preference

Preferred stock authorized—10,000,000 shares

Issued and outstanding—0 shares and 108,676 shares

           106,137   

Common stock ($2.50 par value)

Authorized—50,000,000 shares

Issued—29,714,038 shares

Outstanding—28,131,249 shares and 27,951,689 shares

    74,285        74,285   

Additional paid-in capital

    52,637        51,570   

Retained earnings

    421,468        401,734   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (14,108     (6,334

Treasury stock (1,582,789 shares and 1,762,349 shares, at cost)

    (43,756     (48,727

Total Shareholders’ Equity

    490,526        578,665   

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

  $ 4,119,994      $ 4,114,339   

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

PAGE 65


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

S&T Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Years Ended December 31    2011     2010      2009  
(in thousands, except per share data)                    

INTEREST INCOME

       

Loans, including fees

   $ 154,121      $ 169,404       $ 179,774   

Investment Securities:

       

Taxable

     8,169        7,685         11,020   

Tax-exempt

     2,347        2,830         3,655   

Dividends

     442        500         638   

Total Interest Income

     165,079        180,419         195,087   

INTEREST EXPENSE

       

Deposits

     22,952        28,717         38,438   

Short-term borrowings

     55        210         686   

Long-term borrowings and junior subordinated debt securities

     4,726        5,646         9,981   

Total Interest Expense

     27,733        34,573         49,105   

NET INTEREST INCOME

     137,346        145,846         145,982   

Provision for loan losses

     15,609        29,511         72,354   

Net Interest Income After Provision for Loan Losses

     121,737        116,335         73,628   

NONINTEREST INCOME

       

Security (losses) gains, net

     (124     274         (5,088

Debit and credit card fees

     10,889        9,954         6,921   

Service charges on deposit accounts

     9,978        11,178         12,344   

Insurance fees

     8,314        8,312         7,751   

Wealth management fees

     8,180        7,808         7,500   

Mortgage banking

     1,199        3,403         2,727   

Other

     5,621        6,281         6,425   

Total Noninterest Income

     44,057        47,210         38,580   

NONINTEREST EXPENSE

       

Salaries and employee benefits

     51,078        48,715         48,848   

Net occupancy

     6,943        6,928         6,819   

Data processing

     6,853        6,145         6,048   

Professional services and legal

     5,437        6,889         4,220   

Furniture and equipment

     4,941        5,054         4,991   

FDIC assessment

     3,570        5,426         8,388   

Other taxes

     3,381        3,432         3,733   

Joint venture amortization

     3,302        2,573         4,393   

Marketing

     3,019        2,795         2,751   

Other

     15,384        17,676         17,935   

Total Noninterest Expense

     103,908        105,633         108,126   

Income Before Taxes

     61,886        57,912         4,082   

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     14,622        14,432         (3,869

Net Income

     47,264        43,480         7,951   

Preferred stock dividends and discount amortization

     7,611        6,201         5,913   

Net Income Available to Common Shareholders

   $ 39,653      $ 37,279       $ 2,038   

Earnings per common share—basic

   $ 1.41      $ 1.34       $ 0.07   

Earnings per common share—diluted

     1.41        1.34         0.07   

Dividends declared per common share

     0.60        0.60         0.61   

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

PAGE 66


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

S&T Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

     Comprehensive
Income
    Preferred
Stock
    Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Treasury
Stock
    Total  
(in thousands, except share and per share data)                                                

Balance at December 31, 2008

    $      $ 74,285      $ 43,327      $ 402,608      $ (13,986   $ (57,540   $ 448,694   

Net income for 2009

  $ 7,951              7,951            7,951   

Other Comprehensive Income

Change in unrealized losses on securities available-for-sale, net of tax of ($267)

    (496             (496       (496

Reclassification adjustment for net gains/losses on securities available-for-sale included in net income, net of tax of $1,782

    3,306                3,306          3,306   

Adjustment to funded status of employee benefit plans, net of tax of ($2,672)

    4,962                4,962          4,962   

Total Comprehensive Income

  $ 15,723                 

Preferred stock dividends and discount amortization

      706            (5,913         (5,207

Cash dividends declared ($0.61 per share)

            (16,869         (16,869

Treasury stock issued (113,626 shares)

          2,867        (4,659       3,141        1,349   

Recognition of restricted stock compensation expense

          465              465   

Tax benefit from stock-based compensation

          4              4   

Recognition of nonstatutory stock option compensation expense

          483              483   

Issuance of preferred stock(1)

      104,664                  104,664   

Warrant for common stock issuance(1)

                            4,012                                4,012   

Balance at December 31, 2009

    $ 105,370      $ 74,285      $ 51,158      $ 383,118      $ (6,214   $ (54,399   $ 553,318   

Net income for 2010

  $ 43,480              43,480            43,480   

Other Comprehensive Income

               

Change in unrealized gains on securities available-for-sale, net of tax of $243

    452                452          452   

Reclassification adjustment for net gains/losses on securities available-for-sale included in net income, net of tax of ($96)

    (178             (178       (178

Adjustment to funded status of employee benefit plans, net of tax of $212

    (394             (394       (394

Total Comprehensive Income

  $ 43,360                 

Preferred stock dividends and discount amortization

      767            (6,201         (5,434

Cash dividends declared ($0.60 per share)

            (16,683         (16,683

Treasury stock issued (205,135 shares)

            (1,980       5,672        3,692   

Recognition of restricted stock compensation expense

          470              470   

Tax benefit from stock-based compensation

          46              46   

Forfeitures of nonstatutory stock options
(11,000 shares)

                            (104                             (104

Balance at December 31, 2010

    $ 106,137      $ 74,285      $ 51,570      $ 401,734      $ (6,334   $ (48,727   $ 578,665   

Net income for 2011

  $ 47,264              47,264            47,264   

Other Comprehensive Income

               

Change in unrealized gains on securities available-for-sale, net of tax of $2,346

    4,356                4,356          4,356   

Reclassification adjustment for net gains/losses on securities available-for-sale included in net income, net of tax of $43

    81                81          81   

Adjustment to funded status of employee benefit plans, net of tax of $6,576

    (12,211             (12,211       (12,211

Total Comprehensive Income

  $ 39,490                 

Redemption of preferred stock

      (108,676               (108,676

Preferred stock dividends and discount amortization

      2,539            (7,611         (5,072

Cash dividends declared ($0.60 per share)

            (16,830         (16,830

Treasury stock issued (182,507 shares)

          (11     (3,089       5,046        1,946   

Recognition of restricted stock compensation expense

          1,133              1,133   

Tax expense from stock-based compensation

          (66           (66

Forfeitures of restricted stock (2,947 shares)

                            11                        (75     (64

Balance at December 31, 2011

          $      $ 74,285      $ 52,637      $ 421,468      $ (14,108   $ (43,756   $ 490,526   
(1)

The preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury in the amount of $108,676 is presented net of a discount of $4,012.

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

PAGE 67


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

S&T Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Years Ended December 31    2011     2010     2009  
(in thousands)                   

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

      

Net Income

   $ 47,264      $ 43,480      $ 7,951   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Provision for loan losses

     15,609        29,511        72,354   

Provision for unfunded loan commitments

     (1,474     (1,555     2,888   

Depreciation and amortization

     6,323        6,587        7,044   

Net amortization of discounts and premiums

     1,191        881        948   

Stock-based compensation expense

     960        513        321   

Security losses (gains), net

     124        (274     5,088   

Deferred income taxes

     2,448        (4,537     (7,465

Tax expense (benefit) from stock-based compensation

     66        (46     (4

Mortgage loans originated for sale

     (68,261     (121,883     (144,852

Proceeds from the sale of loans

     74,780        119,617        139,556   

Gain on the sale of loans, net

     (875     (1,809     (510

Net decrease in interest receivable

     589        2,752        4,470   

Net decrease in interest payable

     (443     (1,678     (2,582

Net decrease (increase) in other assets

     4,132        (2,745     (17,917

Net (decrease) increase in other liabilities

     (8,531     20,170        (12,723

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

     73,902        88,984        54,567   

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

      

Proceeds from maturities, prepayments and calls of securities available-for-sale

     71,318        146,960        177,443   

Proceeds from sales of securities available-for-sale

     70        2,579        4,833   

Purchases of securities available-for-sale

     (135,447     (82,890     (86,135

Proceeds from the redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     4,149        1,177          

Net decrease in loans

     185,182        3,236        113,064   

Proceeds from the sale of loans not originated for resale

     8,595                 

Purchases of premises and equipment

     (2,531     (3,469     (1,577

Proceeds from the sale of premises and equipment

     404        60        1,314   

Net Cash Provided by Investing Activities

     131,740        67,653        208,942   

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

      

Net increase in core deposits

     105,776        63,383        79,565   

Net decrease in certificates of deposit

     (87,553     (50,536     (3,694

Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings

     75,000        (51,300     (257,175

Net decrease in securities sold under repurchase agreements and federal funds purchased

     (10,283     (4,281     (68,484

Proceeds from long-term borrowings

     4,192        9,241          

Repayments of long-term borrowings

     (1,682     (65,770     (94,437

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and common stock warrant

                   108,676   

Redemption of preferred stock

     (108,676              

Purchase of treasury shares

     (64              

Sale of treasury shares

     1,946        3,692        1,349   

Preferred stock dividends

     (5,072     (5,434     (4,513

Cash dividends paid to common shareholders

     (16,830     (16,683     (25,427

Tax (expense) benefit from stock-based compensation

     (66     46        4   

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities

     (43,312     (117,642     (264,136

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     162,330        38,995        (627

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     108,196        69,201        69,828   

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year

   $ 270,526      $ 108,196      $ 69,201   

Supplemental Disclosures

      

Interest paid

   $ 27,733      $ 36,251      $ 41,082   

Income taxes paid

     15,100        14,818        5,338   

Loans transferred to held for sale

     8,753                 

Transfers to other real estate owned and other repossessed assets

     8,472        11,308        4,081   

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

PAGE 68


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

S&T Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

 

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

 

Nature of Operations

 

S&T Bancorp, Inc., or S&T, was incorporated on March 17, 1983 under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as a bank holding company and has three wholly owned subsidiaries, S&T Bank, 9th Street Holdings, Inc. and STBA Capital Trust I. We own a one-half interest in Commonwealth Trust Credit Life Insurance Company, or CTCLIC.

We are presently engaged in nonbanking activities through the following six entities: 9th Street Holdings, Inc.; S&T Bancholdings, Inc.; CTCLIC; S&T Insurance Group, LLC; S&T Professional Resources Group, LLC and Stewart Capital Advisors, LLC. 9th Street Holdings, Inc. and S&T Bancholdings, Inc. are investment holding companies. CTCLIC, which is a joint venture with another financial institution, acts as a reinsurer of credit life, accident and health insurance policies sold by S&T Bank and the other institution. S&T Insurance Group, LLC, through its subsidiaries, offers a variety of insurance products. S&T Professional Resources Group, LLC markets software developed by S&T Bank. Stewart Capital Advisors, LLC is a registered investment advisor that manages private investment accounts for individuals and institutions and advises the Stewart Capital Mid Cap Fund.

On September 14, 2011, we announced the signing of a definitive merger agreement to acquire Mainline Bancorp, Inc., or Mainline, a bank holding company based in Ebensburg, Pennsylvania. Mainline, with approximately $236 million in assets maintains eight offices in Cambria and Blair counties in Pennsylvania. The transaction, valued at approximately $21 million, is expected to be completed in the first quarter of 2012 pending the approval of the shareholders of Mainline and satisfaction of other customary closing conditions.

 

Accounting Policies

 

Our financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U. S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. In preparing the financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the dates of the balance sheets and revenues and expenses for the periods then ended. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Our significant accounting policies are described below.

 

Principals of Consolidation

 

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of S&T and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Investments of 20 percent to 50 percent of the outstanding common stock of investees are accounted for using the equity method of accounting.

 

Reclassification

 

Certain amounts in prior years’ financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation. The reclassifications had no significant effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

 

Business Combinations

 

We account for business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting. Under this method of accounting, the acquired company’s net assets are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition, and the results of operations of the acquired company are combined with our results from that date forward. Acquisition costs are expenses when incurred. The difference between the purchase price and the fair value of the net assets acquired (including identified intangibles) is recorded as goodwill.

 

PAGE 69


Table of Contents

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — continued

 

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

We use fair value measurements when recording and disclosing certain financial assets and liabilities. Securities available-for-sale, trading assets and derivatives are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, we may be required to record other assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, such as loans held for sale, impaired loans, other real estate owned, or OREO, mortgage servicing rights, or MSRs, and certain other assets.

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. An orderly transaction is a transaction that assumes exposure to the market for a period prior to the measurement date to allow for marketing activities that are usual and customary for transactions involving such assets or liabilities; it is not a forced transaction. In determining fair value, we use various valuation approaches, including market, income and cost approaches. The fair value standard establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability, which are developed, based on market data we have obtained from independent sources. Unobservable inputs reflect our estimate of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability, which are developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.

The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurement). The fair value hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the reliability of inputs as follows:

 

Level 1: valuation is based upon unadjusted quoted market prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.

Level 2: valuation is based upon quoted market prices for similar instruments traded in active markets, quoted market prices for identical or similar instruments traded in markets that are not active and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market or can be corroborated by market data.

Level 3: valuation is derived from other valuation methodologies including discounted cash flow models and similar techniques that use significant assumptions not observable in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in determining fair value.

A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Our policy is to recognize transfers between any of the fair value hierarchy levels at the end of the reporting period in which the transfer occurred.

The following are descriptions of the valuation methodologies that we use for financial instruments recorded at fair value on either a recurring or nonrecurring basis.

 

Recurring Basis

Securities Available-for-Sale

 

Securities available-for-sale include both debt and equity securities.

We obtain estimated fair values for debt securities from a third-party pricing service, which utilizes several sources for valuing fixed-income securities. The market evaluation sources for debt securities include observable inputs rather than significant unobservable inputs and are classified as Level 2. The service provider utilizes pricing models that vary by asset class and include available trade, bid and other market information. Generally, the methodologies include broker quotes, proprietary models, vast descriptive terms and conditions databases, as well as extensive quality control programs.

 

PAGE 70


Table of Contents

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — continued

 

 

Marketable equity securities that have an active, quotable market are classified in Level 1. Marketable equity securities that are quotable, but are thinly traded or inactive, are classified as Level 2 and securities that are not readily traded and do not have a quotable market are classified as Level 3.

 

Trading Assets

 

We use quoted market prices to determine the fair value of our trading assets. Our trading assets are held in a Rabbi Trust under a deferred compensation plan and are invested in two readily quoted mutual funds. Accordingly, these assets are classified as Level 1. Trading assets are recorded in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

 

We use derivative instruments including interest rate swaps for commercial loans with our customers and we sell mortgage loans in the secondary market and enter into interest rate lock commitments. We calculate the fair value for derivatives using widely accepted valuation techniques including discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative. Each valuation considers the contractual terms of the derivative, including the period to maturity and uses observable market based inputs, such as interest rate curves and implied volatilities. Accordingly, derivatives are classified as Level 2.

We incorporate credit valuation adjustments into the valuation models to appropriately reflect both its own nonperformance risk and the respective counterparty’s nonperformance risk in calculating fair value measurements. In adjusting the fair value of our derivative contracts for the effect of nonperformance risk, we have considered the impact of netting and any applicable credit enhancements and collateral postings.

 

Nonrecurring Basis

Loans Held for Sale

 

Loans held for sale consist of 1-4 family residential loans originated for sale in the secondary market and from time to time, certain loans transferred from the loan portfolio to loans held for sale, all of which are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. The fair value of 1-4 family residential loans is based on the principal or most advantageous market currently offered for similar loans using observable market data. The fair value of the loans transferred from the loan portfolio is based on the amounts offered for these loans in currently pending sales transactions. Loans held for sale carried at fair value are classified as Level 2.

 

Impaired Loans

 

Impaired loans are carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value. Fair value is determined as the recorded investment balance less any specific reserve. We establish a specific reserve based on the following three impairment methods: 1) the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate, 2) the loan’s observable market price or 3) the fair value of the collateral less estimated selling costs when the loan is collateral dependent and we expect to liquidate. However, if repayment is expected to come from the operation of the collateral, rather than liquidation, then we do not consider estimated selling costs in determining the fair value of the collateral. Collateral values are generally based upon appraisals by approved, independent state certified appraisers.

Appraisals may be discounted based on our historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of valuation or our knowledge of the borrower and the borrower’s business. Prior to December 31, 2011, we classified impaired loans as Level 2 assets when the fair value was based on

 

PAGE 71


Table of Contents

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — continued

 

 

current independent appraisals received within the past 12 months. Appraisals in excess of 12 months were classified as Level 3. Due to the subjective nature factored into the appraisal process, including various assumptions and expectations on cash flows, we no longer believe that these appraisals meet the Level 2 reporting for fair value. At December 31, 2011, we transferred our impaired loans from Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy into Level 3. The transfer between Levels had no impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

OREO and Other Repossessed Assets

 

OREO and other repossessed assets obtained in partial or total satisfaction of a loan are recorded at the lower of recorded investment in the loan or fair value less cost to sell. Subsequent to foreclosure, these assets are carried at the lower of the amount recorded at acquisition date or fair value less cost to sell. Accordingly, it may be necessary to record nonrecurring fair value adjustments. Fair value, when recorded, is generally based upon appraisals by approved, independent state certified appraisers. Like impaired loans, appraisals on OREO may be discounted based on our historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of valuation or other information available to us. Prior to December 31, 2011, we classified OREO as Level 2 assets when the fair value was based on current independent appraisals received within the past 12 months. Appraisals in excess of 12 months were classified as Level 3. As discussed above, due to the subjective nature factored into the appraisal process, including various assumptions and expectations on cash flows, we no longer believe that these appraisals meet the Level 2 reporting for fair value. At December 31, 2011, we transferred OREO from Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy into Level 3.

 

Mortgage Servicing Rights

 

The fair value of MSRs are determined by calculating the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, considering expected mortgage loan prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs and other economic factors, which are determined based on current market conditions. The expected rate of mortgage loan prepayments is the most significant factor driving the value of MSRs. If the carrying value of MSRs exceeds fair value, they are considered impaired. As the valuation model includes significant unobservable inputs, MSRs are classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.

 

Other Assets

 

In accordance with GAAP, we measure certain other assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Fair value is based on the application of lower of cost or fair value accounting, or write downs of individual assets. Valuation methodologies used to measure fair value are consistent with overall principles of fair value accounting and consistent with those described above.

 

Financial Instruments

 

In addition to financial instruments recorded at fair value in our financial statements, fair value accounting guidance requires disclosure of the fair value of all of an entity’s assets and liabilities that are considered financial instruments. The majority of our assets and liabilities are considered financial instruments as defined in the guidance. Many of these instruments lack an available trading market as characterized by a willing buyer and willing seller engaged in an exchange transaction. Also, it is our general practice and intent to hold our financial instruments to maturity and to not engage in trading or sales activities. For fair value disclosure purposes, we substantially utilized the fair value measurement criteria as required and explained above. In cases where quoted fair values are not available, we use present value methods to determine the fair value of our financial instruments.

 

PAGE 72


Table of Contents

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — continued

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents and Other Short-Term Assets

 

The carrying amounts reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets for cash and due from banks, including interest-bearing deposits approximate fair value.

 

Loans Held for Sale

 

Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value.

 

Loans

 

The fair value of variable rate performing loans is based on carrying values adjusted for credit risk. The fair value of fixed rate performing loans is estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, utilizing interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms, adjusted for credit risk. The fair value of nonperforming loans is based on their carrying values less any specific reserve. The carrying amount of accrued interest approximates fair value.

 

Bank Owned Life Insurance

 

Fair value approximates net cash surrender value.

 

Deposits

 

The fair values disclosed for deposits without defined maturities (e.g., noninterest and interest-bearing demand, money market and savings accounts) are by definition equal to the amounts payable on demand. The carrying amounts for variable rate, fixed-term time deposits approximate their fair values. Estimated fair values for fixed rate and other time deposits are based on discounted cash flow analysis, using interest rates currently offered for time deposits with similar terms. The carrying amount of accrued interest approximates fair value.

 

Short-Term Borrowings

 

The carrying amounts of securities sold under repurchase agreements, federal funds purchased, and other short-term borrowings approximate their fair values.

 

Long-Term Borrowings

 

The fair values disclosed for fixed rate long-term borrowings are determined by discounting their contractual cash flows using current interest rates for long-term borrowings of similar remaining maturities. The carrying amounts of variable rate long-term borrowings approximate their fair values.

 

Junior Subordinated Debt Securities

 

The variable rate junior subordinated debt securities reprice quarterly and fair values are based on carrying values.

 

Loan Commitments and Standby Letters of Credit

 

Off-balance sheet financial instruments consist of commitments to extend credit and letters of credit. Except for interest rate lock commitments, estimates of the fair value of these off-balance sheet items are not made because of the short-term nature of these arrangements and the credit standing of the counterparties.

 

Other

 

Estimates of fair value are not made for items that are not defined as financial instruments, including such items as our core deposit intangibles and the value of our trust operation.

 

PAGE 73


Table of Contents

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — continued

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

We consider cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits with banks and federal funds sold as cash and cash equivalents.

 

Securities

 

We determine the appropriate classification of securities at the time of purchase. All securities, including both debt and equity securities, are classified as available-for-sale. These are securities that we intend to hold for an indefinite period of time, but that may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, prepayment risk, liquidity needs or other factors. Such securities are carried at fair value with net unrealized gains and losses deemed to be temporary, reported as a component of other comprehensive income, net of tax. Realized gains and losses on the sale of available-for-sale securities and other-than-temporary impairment, or OTTI, charges are recorded within noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Realized gains and losses on the sale of securities are determined using the specific-identification method. Bond premiums are amortized to the call date and bond discounts are accreted to the maturity date, both on a level yield basis.

We perform a quarterly review of our securities to identify those that may indicate an OTTI. Our policy for OTTI within the marketable equity securities portfolio generally requires an impairment charge when the security is in a loss position for 12 consecutive months, unless facts and circumstances would suggest the need for an OTTI prior to that time. Our policy for OTTI within the debt securities portfolio is based upon a number of factors, including but not limited to, the length of time and extent to which the estimated fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition of the underlying issuer, the ability of the issuer to meet contractual obligations, the likelihood of the security’s ability to recover any decline in its estimated fair value and whether management intends to sell the security or if it is more likely than not that management will be required to sell the investment security prior to the security’s recovery.

 

Restricted Investment in Bank Stock

 

We are a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank, or FHLB, of Pittsburgh. The FHLB requires members to purchase and hold a specified level of FHLB stock based upon their level and availability of borrowings and participation in other programs. Members do not purchase stock in the FHLB for the same reasons that traditional equity investors acquire stock in an investor-owned enterprise. Rather, members purchase stock to obtain access to the low-cost products and services offered by the FHLB. Unlike equity securities of traditional for-profit enterprises, the stock of the FHLB does not provide its holders with an opportunity for capital appreciation because, by regulation, FHLB stock can only be purchased, redeemed and transferred at par value. Stock in the FHLB is non-marketable and is redeemable at the discretion of the FHLB. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income in taxable investment securities in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, FHLB stock totaled $18.2 million and $22.4 million, respectively. This investment is carried at cost and evaluated for impairment based on the ultimate recoverability of the par value. We reviewed and evaluated the FHLB capital stock for OTTI at December 31, 2011. We considered the suspension of dividends and the repurchase of excess capital stock by the FHLB’s Board of Directors in a letter to member banks dated December 23, 2008. We reviewed the FHLB’s Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2011 filed with the SEC on November 08, 2011 to support our conclusion around OTTI of the FHLB stock. We believe our holdings in the stock are ultimately recoverable at par value as of December 31, 2011 and, therefore, determined that the FHLB stock was not OTTI. Further, we received a total of $4.1 million from the FHLB to redeem a total of 41,488 shares of capital stock in 2011.

 

PAGE 74


Table of Contents

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — continued

 

 

Loans Held for Sale

 

Loans held for sale consist of 1-4 family residential loans originated for sale in the secondary market and from time to time, certain loans transferred from the loan portfolio to loans held for sale, all of which are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. If a loan is transferred from the loan portfolio to the held-for-sale category, any write-down in the carrying amount of the loan at the date of transfer is recorded as a charge-off against the allowance for loan loss, or ALL. Subsequent declines in fair value are recognized as a charge to noninterest income. When a loan is placed in the held-for-sale category, we stop amortizing the related deferred fees and costs. The remaining unamortized fees and costs are recognized as part of the cost basis of the loan at the time it is sold. Gains and losses on sales of loans held for sale are included in other noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

Loans

 

Loans are reported at the principal amount outstanding net of unearned income, unamortized premiums or discounts and deferred origination fees and costs. We defer certain nonrefundable loan origination and commitment fees. Accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums on loans are included in interest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Loan origination fees and direct loan origination costs are deferred and amortized as an adjustment of loan yield over the respective lives of the loans without consideration of anticipated prepayments. If a loan is paid off, the remaining unaccreted or unamortized net origination fees and costs are immediately recognized into income or expense.

Closed-end installment loans, amortizing loans secured by real estate and any other loans with payments scheduled monthly are reported past due when the borrower is in arrears two or more monthly payments. Other multi-payment obligations with payments scheduled other than monthly are reported past due when one scheduled payment is due and unpaid for 30 days or more.

Generally, consumer loans are charged off against the ALL upon the loan reaching 90 days past due. Commercial loans are charged off as management becomes aware of facts and circumstances that raise doubt as to the collectability of all or a portion of the principal and when we believe a confirmed loss exists.

 

Impaired and Other Nonaccrual Loans

 

We stop accruing interest on a loan (nonaccrual loan) when the borrower’s payment is 90 days past due. Loans are also placed on nonaccrual status when payment is not past due, but we have doubt about the borrower’s ability to comply with existing repayment terms. When the interest accrual is discontinued, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed against interest income. Interest income is recognized on nonaccrual loans on a cash basis if recovery of the remaining principal is reasonably assured. Loans may be returned to accruing status when the borrower has resumed paying the full amount of the scheduled contractual obligation for a sustained period of time, generally at least six months, and we are reasonably assured of collecting the remaining contractual principal and interest.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The ALL reflects our estimates of probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. The methodology for determining the ALL has two main components: evaluation and impairment tests of individual loans and evaluation and impairment tests of certain groups of homogeneous loans with similar risk characteristics.

A loan is considered impaired when it is probable that we will be unable to collect all principal and interest payments due according to the original contractual terms of the loan agreement. We individually evaluate all substandard and nonaccrual commercial loans greater than $0.5 million for impairment. All troubled debt restructurings, or TDRs, are considered to be impaired loans and will

 

PAGE 75


Table of Contents

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — continued

 

 

be reported as an impaired loan for the remaining life of the loan, unless the restructuring agreement specifies an interest rate equal to or greater than the rate that would be accepted at the time of the restructuring for a new loan with comparable risk and it is fully expected that the remaining principal and interest will be collected according to the restructured agreement. For all TDRs, regardless of size, as well as all other impaired loans, we conduct further analysis to determine the probable loss and assign a specific reserve to the loan if deemed appropriate. Specific reserves are established based upon the following three impairment methods: 1) the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate, 2) the loan’s observable market price or 3) the estimated fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Our impairment evaluations consist primarily of the fair value of collateral method since most loans are collateral dependent. Collateral values are discounted to consider disposition costs when appropriate. A specific reserve is established if the fair value of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan balance.

The ALL for homogeneous loans is calculated using a systematic methodology that is applied on a quarterly basis. The ALL model is comprised of five distinct portfolio segments: 1) Commercial Real Estate, or CRE, 2) Commercial and Industrial, or C&I, 3) Commercial Construction, 4) Consumer Real Estate and 5) Other Consumer. Each segment has a distinct set of risk characteristics monitored by management. We further assess and monitor risk and performance at a more disaggregated level which includes our internal risk rating system for the commercial segments and collateral position and loan-to-value, or LTV, for the consumer segments.

Historical loss calculations are performed whereby losses from each pool of loans are aggregated over the respective loss emergence period. The loss emergence period is defined as the average time between the occurrence of a credit event (deterioration in the borrower’s financial condition) and the confirmation of a loss. Currently, we have estimated the loss emergence period to be two years for commercial real estate loans and one year for all other loan classes. These historic loss calculations are then aggregated and applied to each loan segment to determine the component of the ALL based upon historic losses. Since the losses captured in the historical loss analysis may not accurately represent the losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date, qualitative adjustments are then applied to loan segments to determine the total ALL. Qualitative adjustments are aggregated into five categories, including process, economic conditions, loan portfolio, asset quality and other external factors.

Within the five aforementioned categories, the following qualitative factors are considered:

 

  1) Changes in our lending policies and procedures, including underwriting standards, collection, charge-off and recovery practices not considered elsewhere in estimating credit losses;
  2) Changes in national, regional, and local economic and business conditions and developments that affect the collectability of the portfolio, including the condition of various market segments;
  3) Changes in the nature and volume of our loan portfolio and terms of loans;
  4) Changes in the experience, ability and depth of our lending management and staff;
  5) Changes in the volume and severity of past due loans, the volume of non accrual loans, and the volume and severity of adversely classified or graded loans;
  6) Changes in the quality of our loan review system;
  7) Changes in the value of the underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans;
  8) The existence and effect of any concentrations of credit and changes in the level of such concentrations; and
  9) The effect of external factors such as competition and legal and regulatory requirements on the level of estimated credit losses in our current loan portfolio.

 

PAGE 76


Table of Contents

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — continued

 

 

Premises and Equipment

 

Premises and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, while improvements that extend an asset’s useful life are capitalized and depreciated over the estimated remaining life of the asset. Depreciation expense is computed generally by the straight-line method for financial reporting purposes and accelerated methods for income tax purposes. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the asset’s useful life or the remaining lease term, including renewal periods when reasonably assured.

 

Joint Ventures

 

We have made investments directly in Low Income Housing Tax Credit, or LIHTC, partnerships formed with third parties. As a limited partner in these operating partnerships, we receive tax credits and tax deductions for losses incurred by the underlying properties. These investments are amortized over a maximum of 10 years, which represents the period that the tax credits will be utilized. We have determined that we are not the primary beneficiary of these investments because the general partners have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the partnership and have the obligation to absorb expected losses and the right to receive benefits.

 

OREO and Other Repossessed Assets

 

OREO and other repossessed assets are included in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are comprised of properties acquired through foreclosure proceedings or acceptance of a deed in lieu of a foreclosure. At the time of foreclosure, these properties are recorded at the lower of the recorded investment in the loan or fair value less cost to sell. Loan losses arising from the acquisition of such property initially are charged against the ALL. Subsequently, these assets are carried at the lower of carrying value or current fair value less cost to sell. Gains or losses realized subsequent to acquisition are recorded in other expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

We have three reporting units including: Community Banking, Wealth Management and Insurance. At December 31, 2011, we had goodwill of $165.3 million, including $161.1 million in Community Banking, representing 97 percent of total goodwill and $4.2 million in Insurance, representing three percent of total goodwill. The carrying value of goodwill is tested annually for impairment each October 1 or more frequently if indicators of impairment are present. The evaluation for impairment involves comparing the current estimated fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the current estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, no additional testing is required and an impairment loss is not recorded. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than the carrying value, further valuation procedures are performed and could result in an impairment of goodwill being recorded. Further valuation procedures would include allocating the estimated fair value to all assets and liabilities of the reporting unit to determine an implied goodwill value. If the implied goodwill value of a reporting unit is less than the carrying amount of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

We have core deposit and other intangible assets resulting from acquisitions which are subject to amortization. We determine the amount of identifiable intangible assets based upon independent core deposit and insurance contract analyses at the time of the acquisition. Intangible assets with finite useful lives are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. No events or changes in circumstances occurred during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

 

PAGE 77


Table of Contents

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — continued

 

 

Mortgage Servicing Rights

 

MSRs are recognized as separate assets when commitments to fund a loan to be sold are made. Upon commitment, the MSR is established, which represents the then current estimated fair value of future net cash flows expected to be realized for performing the servicing activities. The estimated fair value of the MSRs are estimated by calculating the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, considering expected mortgage loan prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs and other economic factors, which are determined based on current market conditions. The expected rate of mortgage loan prepayments is the most significant factor driving the value of MSRs. Increases in mortgage loan prepayments reduce estimated future net servicing cash flows because the life of the underlying loan is reduced. In determining the estimated fair value of MSRs, mortgage interest rates, which are used to determine prepayment rates, are held constant over the estimated life of the portfolio. MSRs are reported in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are amortized into noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future net servicing income of the underlying mortgage loans.

MSRs are regularly evaluated for impairment based on the estimated fair value of those rights. The MSRs are stratified by certain risk characteristics, primarily loan term and note rate. If temporary impairment exists within a risk stratification tranche, a valuation allowance is established through a charge to income equal to the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value. If it is later determined all or a portion of the temporary impairment no longer exists for a particular tranche, the valuation allowance is reduced.

MSRs are also reviewed for OTTI. OTTI exists when the recoverability of a recorded valuation allowance is determined to be remote, taking into consideration historical and projected interest rates and loan pay-off activity. When this situation occurs, the unrecoverable portion of the valuation allowance is applied as a direct write-down to the carrying value of the MSR. Unlike a valuation allowance, a direct write-down permanently reduces the carrying value of the MSR and the valuation allowance, precluding subsequent recoveries.

 

Bank Owned Life Insurance

 

We have purchased life insurance policies on certain executive officers and employees. We receive the cash surrender value of each policy upon its termination or benefits are payable upon the death of the insured. Changes in net cash surrender value are recognized in noninterest income or expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

Interest Rate Swaps

 

In accordance with applicable accounting guidance for derivatives and hedging, all derivatives are recognized as either assets or liabilities on the balance sheet at fair value. Interest rate swaps are contracts in which a series of interest rate flows (fixed and variable) are exchanged over a prescribed period. The notional amounts on which the interest payments are based are not exchanged. We utilize interest rate swaps for commercial loans. These derivative positions relate to transactions in which we enter into an interest rate swap with a customer while at the same time entering into an offsetting interest rate swap with another financial institution. In connection with each transaction, we agree to pay interest to the customer on a notional amount at a variable interest rate and receive interest from the customer on a same notional amount at a fixed rate. At the same time, we agree to pay another financial institution the same fixed interest rate on the same notional amount and receive the same variable interest rate on the same notional amount. The transaction allows our customer to effectively convert a variable rate loan to a fixed rate loan with us receiving a variable yield. These agreements could have floors or caps on the contracted interest rates.

 

PAGE 78


Table of Contents

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — continued

 

 

Pursuant to our agreements with various financial institutions, we may receive collateral or may be required to post collateral based upon mark-to-market positions. Beyond unsecured threshold levels, collateral in the form of cash or securities may be made available to counterparties of interest rate swap transactions. Based upon our current positions and related future collateral requirements relating to them, we believe any affect on our cash flow or liquidity position to be immaterial. Derivatives contain an element of credit risk, the possibility that we will incur a loss because a counterparty, which may be a financial institution or a customer, fails to meet its contractual obligations. All derivative contracts with financial institutions may be executed only with counterparties approved by our Asset and Liability Committee, or ALCO, and derivatives with customers may only be executed with customers within credit exposure limits approved by our Senior Loan Committee. Interest rate swaps are considered derivatives, but are not accounted for using hedge accounting. As such, changes in the estimated fair value of the derivatives are recorded in current earnings and included in other noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

Interest Rate Lock Commitments and Forward Sale Contracts

 

In the normal course of business, we sell originated mortgage loans into the secondary mortgage loan market. We also offer interest rate lock commitments to potential borrowers. The commitments are generally for 60 days and guarantee a specified interest rate for a loan if underwriting standards are met, but the commitment does not obligate the potential borrower to close on the loan. Accordingly, some commitments expire prior to becoming loans. We can encounter pricing risks if interest rates increase significantly before the loan can be closed and sold. We may utilize forward sale contracts in order to mitigate this pricing risk. Whenever a customer desires these products, a mortgage originator quotes a secondary market rate guaranteed for that day by the investor. The rate lock is executed between the mortgagee and us and in turn a forward sale contract may be executed between us and the investor. Both the rate lock commitment and the corresponding forward sale contract for each customer are considered derivatives, but are not accounted for using hedge accounting. As such, changes in the estimated fair value of the derivatives during the commitment period are recorded in current earnings and included in mortgage banking in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

Allowance for Unfunded Commitments

 

In the normal course of business, we offer off-balance sheet credit arrangements to enable our customers to meet their financing objectives. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the financial statements. Our exposure to credit loss, in the event the customer does not satisfy the terms of the agreement, equals the contractual amount of the obligation less the value of any collateral. We apply the same credit policies in making commitments and standby letters of credit that are used for the underwriting of loans to customers. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates, annual renewals or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The allowance for unfunded commitments is included in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The allowance for unfunded commitments is determined using a similar methodology as our ALL. The reserve is calculated by applying historical loss rates from our ALL model to the estimated future utilization of our unfunded commitments.

 

Treasury Stock

 

The repurchase of our common stock is recorded at cost. At the time of reissuance, the treasury stock account is reduced using the average cost method. Gains and losses on the reissuance of common

 

PAGE 79


Table of Contents

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — continued

 

 

stock are recorded in additional paid-in capital, to the extent additional paid-in capital from previous treasury share transactions exists. Any deficiency is charged to retained earnings.

 

Wealth Management Fees

 

Assets held in a fiduciary capacity by the subsidiary bank, S&T Bank, are not our assets and are therefore not included in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Wealth management fee income is reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income on the accrual basis.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

Stock-based compensation may include stock options and restricted stock which are measured using the fair value method of accounting. The grant date fair value is recognized over the period during which the recipient is required to provide service in exchange for the award. Stock option expense is determined utilizing the Black-Scholes model. Restricted stock expense is determined using the grant date fair value. We estimate expected forfeitures when stock-based awards are granted and record compensation expense only for awards that are expected to vest.

 

Pensions

 

Pension expense for S&T Bank’s defined benefit pension plan is actuarially determined using the projected unit credit actuarial cost method. The funding policy for the plan is to contribute amounts to the plan sufficient to meet the minimum funding requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or ERISA, plus such additional amounts as may be appropriate, subject to federal income tax limitation.

 

Marketing Costs

 

We expense all marketing-related costs, including advertising costs, as incurred.

 

Income Taxes

 

We estimate income tax expense based on amounts expected to be owed to the tax jurisdictions where we conduct business. On a quarterly basis, management assesses the reasonableness of our effective tax rate based upon our current estimate of the amount and components of net income, tax credits and the applicable statutory tax rates expected for the full year.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the asset and liability method and are reported in other assets or other liabilities, as appropriate, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is based on the tax effects of the differences between the book and tax basis of assets and liabilities and recognizes enacted changes in tax rate and laws. When deferred tax assets are recognized, they are subject to a valuation allowance based on management’s judgment as to whether realization is more likely than not.

Accrued taxes represent the net estimated amount due to taxing jurisdictions and are reported in other assets or other liabilities, as appropriate, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. We evaluate and assess the relative risks and appropriate tax treatment of transactions and filing positions after considering statutes, regulations, judicial precedent and other information and maintain tax accruals consistent with the evaluation of these relative risks and merits. Changes to the estimate of accrued taxes occur periodically due to changes in tax rates, interpretations of tax laws, the status of examinations being conducted by taxing authorities and changes to statutory, judicial and regulatory guidance. These changes, when they occur, can affect deferred taxes and accrued taxes, as well as the current period’s income tax expense and can be significant to our operating results.

Tax positions are recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The

 

PAGE 80


Table of Contents

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — continued

 

 

amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded.

 

Earnings Per Share

 

Basic earnings per share, or EPS, is calculated using the two-class method to determine income allocated to common shareholders. Unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends are considered participating securities under the two-class method. Income allocated to common shareholders is then divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Potentially dilutive securities are excluded from the basic EPS calculation.

Diluted earnings per share is calculated under the more dilutive of either the treasury stock method or the two-class method. Under the treasury stock method, weighted average number of common shares outstanding is increased by the potentially dilutive common shares. For the two-class method, diluted earnings per share is calculated for each class of shareholders using the weighted average number of shares attributed to each class. Potentially dilutive common shares are common stock equivalents relating to our outstanding warrants, stock options and restricted stock.

 

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards Updates

A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring

 

In April 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued accounting standards update, or ASU No. 2011-02, which amends the guidance for evaluating whether the restructuring of a receivable by a creditor is a troubled debt restructuring, or TDR. In evaluating whether a restructuring constitutes a TDR both for purposes of recording an impairment loss and for disclosure purposes, a creditor must separately conclude that both of the following exist: (a) the restructuring constitutes a concession; and (b) the debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. The new guidance was effective July 1, 2011, and applies retrospectively to restructurings occurring on or after January 1, 2011. We are also required to disclose the activity based information that was previously deferred by ASU No. 2011-01. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on our results of operations or financial position.

 

Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations

 

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-29, which amends the disclosure requirements under the Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 805, Business Combinations. The amendments specify that if a public entity presents comparative financial statements, the entity should disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity as though the business combination that occurred during the current year had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period only. The amendments also expand the supplemental pro forma disclosures to include a description of the nature and amount of material, nonrecurring pro forma adjustments directly attributable to the business combination included in the reported pro forma revenue and earnings. The new guidance was effective for public companies prospectively for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2010. The adoption of this ASU impacted only disclosure requirements and did not have a material impact on our results of operations or financial position.

 

When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts

 

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-28, which reflects the decision reached in Emerging Issues Task Force, or EITF Issue No. 10-A. This ASU modifies Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test for

 

PAGE 81


Table of Contents

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — continued

 

 

reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts. For those reporting units, an entity is required to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. In determining whether it is more likely than not that goodwill impairment exists, an entity should consider whether there are any adverse qualitative factors indicating that impairment may exist. The qualitative factors are consistent with the existing guidance and examples, which require that goodwill of a reporting unit be tested for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. For public entities, this ASU was effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2010. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on our results of operations or financial position.

 

Disclosures about Credit Quality and the Allowance for Credit Losses

 

In July 2010, the FASB issued an ASU that significantly increases disclosures about the credit quality of financing receivables and the allowance for credit losses and requires additional information, such as aging information and credit quality indicators disaggregated by portfolio segment and class. The disaggregated information is based on how a company develops its allowance for credit losses and how it manages its credit exposure. Required disclosures as of the end of a reporting period are effective for periods ending on or after December 15, 2010, while required disclosures about activity that occurs during a reporting period are effective for periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010. Required disclosures specifically related to troubled debt restructurings were deferred in an ASU issued in January 2011. The effect of this update is included in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on S&T’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

In January 2010, the FASB issued an ASU requiring new disclosures on transfers into and out of Level 1 and 2 fair value measurements of the fair value hierarchy and requiring separate disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements relating to Level 3 measurements. It also clarifies existing fair value disclosures relating to the level of disaggregation and inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value. It was effective for the first reporting period (including interim periods) beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the requirement to provide the Level 3 activity of purchases, sales, issuances and settlements on a gross basis, which was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010. The additional Level 3 disclosures that are now required have been included in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on S&T’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Recently Issued Accounting Standards Updates

Presentation of Comprehensive Income

 

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-12, which supersedes certain pending paragraphs in ASU No. 2011-05. It effectively defers changes that relate to the presentation of reclassification adjustments out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The amendments will be temporary to allow the FASB time to redeliberate the presentation requirements for reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income for annual and interim financial statements. This amendment is effective at the same time as the amendments in ASU No. 2011-05. It should be applied retrospectively and is effective for public companies for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this ASU will only impact our presentation of comprehensive income and is not expected to have an impact on our results of operations or financial position.

 

PAGE 82


Table of Contents

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — continued

 

 

Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities

 

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-11 in conjunction with the International Accounting Standards Board’s, or IASB’s, issuance of amendments to Disclosures—Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (Amendments to International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS 7). While the FASB and IASB retained the existing offsetting models under U.S. GAAP and IFRS, the new standards require disclosures to allow investors to better compare financial statements prepared under U.S. GAAP with financial statements prepared under IFRS. The new standards are effective for annual periods beginning January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. Retrospective application is required. The adoption of this ASU is not expected to have a material impact on our results of operations or financial position.

 

Testing Goodwill for Impairment

 

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, which permits an entity to make a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount before applying the two-step goodwill impairment test. If an entity concludes it is not more likely than not, it need not perform the two-step impairment test. This ASU is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this ASU is not expected to have a material impact on our results of operations or financial position.

 

Presentation of Comprehensive Income

 

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, the provisions of which allow an entity the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. Under both options, an entity is required to present each component of net income along with total net income, each component of other comprehensive income along with a total for other comprehensive income and a total amount for comprehensive income. ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. ASU 2011-05 does not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. ASU 2011-05 should be applied retrospectively and is effective for public companies for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this ASU will only impact our presentation of comprehensive income and is not expected to have an impact on our results of operations or financial position.

 

Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS

 

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, which represents the convergence of the FASB’s and the IASB’s guidance on fair value measurement. ASU 2011-04 reflects the common requirements under U.S. GAAP and IFRS for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements, including a consistent meaning for the term “fair value.” The new guidance does not extend the use of fair value but, rather, provides guidance about how fair value should be applied where it is already required or permitted under U.S. GAAP or IFRS. For U.S. GAAP, most of the changes are clarifications of existing guidance or wording changes to align with IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement. A public company is required to apply the ASU prospectively for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is not permitted for a public company. The adoption of this ASU is not expected to have a material impact on our results of operations or financial position.

 

PAGE 83


Table of Contents

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — continued

 

 

Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements

 

In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-03, which is intended to improve financial reporting of repurchase agreements, or repos, and other agreements that both entitle and obligate a transferor to repurchase or redeem financial assets before their maturity. When an entity enters into a typical repo arrangement, it transfers financial assets to a counterparty in exchange for cash with an agreement for the counterparty to return the same or equivalent financial assets for a fixed price in the future. Current guidance prescribes when an entity may or may not recognize a sale upon the transfer of financial assets subject to a repo agreement. That determination is based, in part, on whether the entity has maintained effective control over the transferred financial assets. This ASU improves the accounting for these transactions by removing from the assessment of effective control the criterion requiring the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem the financial assets and focuses the assessment on the transferor’s contractual rights. This guidance is effective for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after December 15, 2011. The guidance should be applied prospectively to transactions or modifications of existing transactions that occur on or after the effective date. Early adoption is not permitted. The adoption of this ASU is not expected to have a material impact on our results of operations or financial position.

 

NOTE 2. EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

 

The following table reconciles the numerators and denominators of basic earnings per share with that of diluted earnings per share:

 

     2011     2010     2009  
(in thousands, except share and per share data)                  

Numerator for Earnings per Common Share—Basic:

     

Net income

  $ 47,264      $ 43,480      $ 7,951   

Less: Preferred stock dividends and discount amortization

    7,611        6,201        5,913   

Less: Income allocated to participating shares

    130        42        3   

Net Income Allocated to Common Shareholders

  $ 39,523      $ 37,237      $ 2,035   

Numerator for Earnings per Common Share—Diluted:

     

Net income

  $ 47,264      $ 43,480      $ 7,951   

Less: Preferred stock dividends and discount amortization

    7,611        6,201        5,913   

Net Income Available to Common Shareholders

  $ 39,653      $ 37,279      $ 2,038   

Denominators:

     

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding—Basic

    27,966,981        27,791,145        27,626,223   

Add: Potentially dilutive common shares

    23,169        22,261        32,638   

Denominator for Treasury Stock Method—Diluted

    27,990,150        27,813,406        27,658,861   

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding—Basic

    27,966,981        27,791,145        27,626,223   

Add: Average participating shares outstanding

    92,212        33,899        55,484   

Denominator for Two-Class Method—Diluted

    28,059,193        27,825,044        27,681,707   

Earnings per common share—basic

  $ 1.41      $ 1.34      $ 0.07   

Earnings per common share—diluted

  $ 1.41      $ 1.34      $ 0.07   

Warrants considered anti-dilutive excluded from potentially dilutive common shares

    517,012        517,012        517,012   

Stock options considered anti-dilutive excluded from potentially dilutive common shares

    757,580        930,969        1,173,660   

Restricted stock considered anti-dilutive excluded from potentially dilutive common shares

    69,043        11,638        22,246   

 

PAGE 84


Table of Contents

NOTE 3. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

 

 

Refer to Note 1 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies under Fair Value Measurements for our accounting policy including details of the valuation methods used to determine the fair values of our assets and liabilities. The following tables present our assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis by fair value hierarchy level at December 31, 2011 and 2010. There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 for items measured at fair value on a recurring basis during the periods presented.

 

December 31, 2011    Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
(in thousands)                            

ASSETS

           

Securities available-for-sale:

           

Obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies

   $       $ 142,786       $       $ 142,786   

Collateralized mortgage obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies

             65,395                 65,395   

Mortgage-backed securities of U.S. government corporations and agencies

             48,752                 48,752   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

             88,805                 88,805   

Marketable equity securities

     2,855         7,316         1,687         11,858   

Total securities available-for-sale

     2,855         353,054         1,687         357,596   

Trading securities held in a Rabbi Trust

     1,949                         1,949   

Total securities

     4,804         353,054         1,687         359,545   

Derivative financial assets:

           

Interest rate swaps

             23,764                 23,764   

Interest rate lock commitments

             244                 244   

Total Assets

   $ 4,804       $ 377,062       $ 1,687       $ 383,553   

LIABILITIES

           

Derivative financial liabilities:

           

Interest rate swaps

   $       $ 23,639       $       $ 23,639   

Forward sale contracts

             95                 95   

Total Liabilities

   $       $ 23,734       $       $ 23,734   

 

PAGE 85


Table of Contents

NOTE 3. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS — continued

 

 

December 31, 2010    Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
(in thousands)                            

ASSETS

           

Securities available-for-sale:

           

Obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies

   $       $ 125,675       $       $ 125,675   

Collateralized mortgage obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies

             41,491                 41,491   

Mortgage-backed securities of U.S. government corporations and agencies

             43,991                 43,991   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

             65,772                 65,772   

Marketable equity securities

     1,528         7,980         1,588         11,096   

Total securities available-for-sale

     1,528         284,909         1,588         288,025   

Trading securities held in a Rabbi Trust

     2,089                         2,089   

Total securities

     3,617         284,909         1,588         290,114   

Derivative financial assets:

           

Interest rate swaps

             17,518                 17,518   

Interest rate lock commitments

             217                 217   

Forward sale contracts

             412                 412   

Total Assets

   $ 3,617       $ 303,056       $ 1,588       $ 308,261   

LIABILITIES

           

Derivative financial liabilities:

           

Interest rate swaps

   $       $ 17,355       $       $ 17,355   

Total Liabilities

   $       $ 17,355       $       $ 17,355   

 

We classify financial instruments in Level 3 when valuation models are used because significant inputs are not observable in the market. The following tables present the changes in assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis for which we have utilized Level 3 inputs to determine the fair value:

 

      Marketable  Equity
Securities
(1)
 
(in thousands)       

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 1,588   

Total gains (losses) included in other comprehensive income/loss

     99   

Ending Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 1,687   
(1)

Changes in estimated fair value of available-for-sale investments are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income/loss, while gains and losses from sales are recorded in security gains (losses), net in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

      Marketable Equity
Securities
(1)
 
(in thousands)       

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 1,138   

Total gains (losses) included in other comprehensive income/loss

     (40

Transfers into Level 3

     490   

Ending Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 1,588   
(1)

Changes in estimated fair value of available-for-sale investments are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income/loss, while gains and losses from sales are recorded in security gains (losses), net in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

PAGE 86


Table of Contents

NOTE 3. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS — continued

 

 

We may be required to measure certain assets and liabilities on a nonrecurring basis. The following tables present our assets that are measured at estimated fair value on a nonrecurring basis by the fair value hierarchy level at December 31, 2011 and 2010. There were no liabilities measured at estimated fair value on a nonrecurring basis during these periods. Loans held for sale are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value. At December 31, 2011, we had no loans held for sale that were recorded at fair value. Prior to December 31, 2011, we classified impaired loans and OREO as Level 2 assets when their fair value was based on current independent appraisal received within the past 12 months. Appraisals in excess of 12 months were classified as Level 3. Due to the subjective nature factored into the appraisal process, including various assumptions and expectations on cash flows, we no longer believe that these appraisals meet the Level 2 reporting for fair value. At December 31, 2011, we transferred our impaired loans and OREO from Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy into Level 3.

 

December 31, 2011    Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
(in thousands)            

ASSETS

           

Impaired Loans

   $       $       $ 36,500       $ 36,500   

Other real estate owned

                     3,739         3,739   

Mortgage servicing rights

                     2,153         2,153   

Total Assets

   $       $       $ 42,392       $ 42,392   
December 31, 2010    Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
(in thousands)            

ASSETS

           

Loans held for sale

   $       $ 3,185       $       $ 3,185   

Impaired loans

             10,968         1,478         12,446   

Other real estate owned

             5,820                 5,820   

Mortgage servicing rights

                     2,510         2,510   

Total Assets

   $       $ 19,973       $ 3,988       $ 23,961   

 

PAGE 87


Table of Contents

NOTE 3. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS — continued

 

 

The carrying amount and fair value of our financial instruments at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are shown in the following table:

 

     2011      2010  
December 31    Fair Value      Carrying
Value
(1)
     Fair Value      Carrying
Value
(1)
 
(in thousands)                            

ASSETS

           

Cash and due from banks, including interest-bearing deposits

   $ 270,526       $ 270,526       $ 108,196       $ 108,196   

Securities available-for-sale

     357,596         357,596         288,025         288,025   

Loans held for sale

     2,850         2,850         8,337         8,337   

Portfolio loans

     3,120,352         3,129,759         3,328,084         3,355,590   

Bank owned life insurance

     56,755         56,755         54,924         54,924   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost

     18,216         18,216         22,365         22,365   

Trading securities held in a Rabbi Trust

     1,949         1,949         2,089         2,089   

Mortgage servicing rights

     2,153         2,153         2,510         2,467   

Interest rate swaps

     23,764         23,764         17,518         17,518   

Interest rate lock commitments

     244         244         217         217   

Forward sale contracts

                     412         412   

LIABILITIES

           

Deposits

   $ 3,343,889       $ 3,335,859       $ 3,328,864       $ 3,317,524   

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

     30,370         30,370         40,653         40,653   

Short-term borrowings

     75,000         75,000                   

Long-term borrowings

     34,171         31,874         31,345         29,365   

Junior subordinated debt securities

     90,619         90,619         91,460         90,619   

Interest rate swaps

     23,639         23,639         17,355         17,355   

Forward sale contracts

     95         95                   
(1) 

As reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

NOTE 4. RESTRICTIONS ON CASH AND DUE FROM BANK ACCOUNTS

 

 

The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or the Federal Reserve, imposes certain reserve requirements on all depository institutions. These reserves are maintained in the form of vault cash or as an interest-bearing balance with the Federal Reserve. During the years ended 2011, 2010 and 2009 the required reserves averaged $36.6 million, $32.5 million and $27.2 million, respectively.

 

NOTE 5. DIVIDEND AND LOAN RESTRICTIONS

 

 

S&T is a legal entity separate and distinct from its banking and other subsidiaries. A substantial portion of S&T’s revenues consist of dividend payments it receives from S&T Bank. S&T Bank, in turn, is subject to state laws and regulations that limit the amount of dividends it can pay to S&T. In addition, both S&T and S&T Bank are subject to various general regulatory policies relating to the payment of dividends, including requirements to maintain adequate capital above regulatory minimums. The Federal Reserve Board has indicated that banking organizations should generally pay dividends only if (i) the organization’s net income available to common shareholders over the past year has been sufficient to fully fund the dividends and (ii) the prospective rate of earnings retention appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. Thus, under certain circumstances based upon S&T’s financial condition, our ability to declare and pay quarterly dividends may require consultation with the Federal Reserve and may be prohibited by

 

PAGE 88


Table of Contents

NOTE 5. DIVIDEND AND LOAN RESTRICTIONS — continued

 

 

applicable Federal Reserve regulations. If we were to pay a dividend in contravention of Federal Reserve regulations, the Federal Reserve could raise supervisory concerns. We redeemed our Series A Preferred Stock on December 7, 2011, and therefore we are no longer subject to the dividend restriction imposed by participation in the Capital Purchase Program, or CPP.

Federal law prohibits S&T from borrowing from S&T Bank unless such loans are collateralized by specific obligations. Further, such loans are limited to 10 percent of S&T Bank’s capital and additional paid-in capital, as defined. S&T currently has a $5.0 million line of credit with S&T Bank secured by investments of another subsidiary of S&T.

 

NOTE 6. SECURITIES AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE

 

 

The following tables indicate the composition of the securities portfolio at December 31:

 

      Available-for-Sale  
2011    Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value  
(in thousands)                           

Obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies

   $ 138,386       $ 4,400       $      $ 142,786   

Collateralized mortgage obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies

     63,202         2,193                65,395   

Mortgage-backed securities of U.S. government corporations and agencies

     45,289         3,463                48,752   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     85,689         3,128         (12     88,805   

Debt Securities

     332,566         13,184         (12     345,738   

Marketable equity securities

     10,152         2,179         (473     11,858   

Total

   $ 342,718       $ 15,363       $ (485   $ 357,596   

 

      Available-for-Sale  
2010    Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value  
(in thousands)                           

Obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies

   $ 123,812       $ 2,078       $ (215   $ 125,675   

Collateralized mortgage obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies

     39,790         1,701                41,491   

Mortgage-backed securities of U.S. government corporations and agencies

     41,373         2,618                43,991   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     64,651         1,357         (236     65,772   

Debt Securities

     269,626         7,754         (451     276,929   

Marketable equity securities

     10,347         1,010         (261     11,096   

Total

   $ 279,973       $ 8,764       $ (712   $ 288,025   

 

PAGE 89


Table of Contents

NOTE 6. SECURITIES AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE — continued

 

 

During 2011, there were minimal gross realized gains. During 2010 and 2009, there were $0.4 million and $0.2 million in gross realized gains, respectively. There were $0.1 million in gross realized losses in 2011 and 2010 and $5.3 million in 2009, relating to securities available-for-sale.

The following tables present the fair value and the age of gross unrealized losses by investment category:

 

      Less Than 12 Months     12 Months or More     Total  
2011    Fair Value      Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value      Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value      Unrealized
Losses
 
(in thousands)                                        

Obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies

   $       $      $       $      $       $   

Collateralized mortgage obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies

                                             

Mortgage-backed securities of U.S. government corporations and agencies

                                             

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     502         (8     414         (4     916         (12

Debt Securities

     502         (8     414         (4     916         (12

Marketable equity securities

     5,143         (473                    5,143         (473

Total Temporarily Impaired Securities

   $ 5,645       $ (481   $ 414       $ (4   $ 6,059       $ (485

 

      Less Than 12 Months     12 Months or More     Total  
2010    Fair Value      Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value      Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value      Unrealized
Losses
 
(in thousands)                                        

Obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies

   $ 20,558       $ (215   $       $      $ 20,558       $ (215

Collateralized mortgage obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies

                                             

Mortgage-backed securities of U.S. government corporations and agencies

                                             

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     13,167         (194     917         (42     14,084         (236

Debt Securities

     33,725         (409     917         (42     34,642         (451

Marketable equity securities

     2,068         (261                    2,068         (261

Total Temporarily Impaired Securities

   $ 35,793       $ (670   $ 917       $ (42   $ 36,710       $ (712

 

PAGE 90


Table of Contents

NOTE 6. SECURITIES AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE — continued

 

 

We do not believe any individual unrealized loss as of December 31, 2011 represents an OTTI. Refer to Note 1 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for our accounting policy surrounding securities and OTTI.

As of December 31, 2011, the unrealized losses on two debt securities were primarily attributable to changes in interest rates. The unrealized losses on four marketable equity securities as of December 31, 2011 were attributable to temporary declines in the market value of these stocks. We do not intend to sell and it is not likely that we will be required to sell any of the securities, referenced in the table above, in an unrealized loss position before recovery of their amortized cost.

Net unrealized gains of $9.7 million and $5.2 million were included in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Gross unrealized gains of $10.0 million and $5.7 million were netted against gross unrealized losses of $0.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively, for these same periods. During 2011 unrealized gains reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive loss into earnings were minimal, while $0.1 million of unrealized losses were reclassified into earnings to record OTTI. During 2010, approximately $0.4 million of unrealized gains were reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive loss into earnings, while $0.1 million of unrealized losses were reclassified into earnings to record OTTI.

The amortized cost and fair value of securities available-for-sale at December 31, 2011, by contractual maturity, are included in the table below. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

Available-for-Sale    Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value  
(in thousands)              

Due in one year or less

   $ 8,616       $ 8,722   

Due after one year through five years

     143,558         147,565   

Due after five years through ten years

     18,051         19,481   

Due after ten years

     53,850         55,823   
     224,075         231,591   

Collateralized mortgage obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies

     63,202         65,395   

Mortgage-backed securities of U.S. government corporations and agencies

     45,289         48,752   

Debt Securities

     332,566         345,738   

Marketable equity securities

     10,152         11,858   

Total

   $ 342,718       $ 357,596   

 

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, securities with carrying values of $233.9 million and $209.3 million, respectively, were pledged to secure repurchase agreements, public funds, trust fund deposits and as collateral for our interest rate swaps.

 

PAGE 91


Table of Contents

NOTE 7. LOANS AND LOANS HELD FOR SALE

 

 

The following table presents the composition of the loans at December 31:

 

      2011     2010  
(in thousands)             

Consumer

    

Home equity

   $ 411,404      $ 441,096   

Residential mortgage

     358,846        359,536   

Installment and other consumer

     67,131        74,780   

Consumer construction

     2,440        4,019   

Total Consumer Loans

     839,821        879,431   

Commercial

    

Commercial real estate

     1,415,333        1,494,202   

Commercial and industrial

     685,753        722,359   

Commercial construction

     188,852        259,598   

Total Commercial Loans

     2,289,938        2,476,159   

Total Portfolio Loans

     3,129,759        3,355,590   

Allowance for loan losses

     (48,841     (51,387

Total Portfolio Loans, net

     3,080,918        3,304,203   

Loans held for sale

     2,850        8,337   

Total Loans, Net

   $ 3,083,768      $ 3,312,540   

 

We attempt to limit our exposure to credit risk by diversifying our loan portfolio and actively managing concentrations. When concentrations exist in certain segments, we mitigate this risk by monitoring the relevant economic indicators and internal risk rating trends and through stress testing of the loans in these classes. Commercial loans represent 73 percent and 74 percent of total portfolio loans at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Within the commercial portfolio, the CRE and commercial construction portfolios combined comprise 70 percent of commercial loans and 51 percent of total loans at December 31, 2011 and 71 percent of commercial loans and 52 percent of total loans at December 31, 2010. Further segmentation of the CRE and commercial construction portfolios by industry and collateral type reveal no concentration in excess of nine percent of total loans.

The vast majority of both commercial and consumer loans are made to businesses and individuals in our western Pennsylvania market, resulting in a geographic concentration. The conditions of the local and regional economies are monitored closely through publicly available data as well as information supplied by our customers. Only the CRE and commercial construction portfolios combined have any significant out-of-state exposure, with 19 percent of the combined portfolio and 10 percent of total loans being out-of-state loans at December 31, 2011 and 21 percent of the combined portfolio and 11 percent of total loans being out-of-state loans at December 31, 2010. Management believes underwriting guidelines and ongoing review by credit administration mitigates the concentration risk present in the loan portfolio.

 

PAGE 92


Table of Contents

NOTE 7. LOANS AND LOANS HELD FOR SALE — continued

 

 

The following table presents a summary of nonperforming assets for the periods stated:

 

      2011      2010  
(in thousands)              

Nonperforming Assets

     

Nonaccrual loans

   $ 37,931       $ 31,104   

Nonaccrual TDRs

     18,184         32,779   

Total nonperforming loans

   $ 56,115       $ 63,883   

OREO

     3,967         5,820   

Total Nonperforming Assets

   $ 60,082       $ 69,703   

 

OREO which is included in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets consists of 18 properties with one property comprising $1.5 million or 37 percent of the balance. It is our policy to obtain OREO appraisals on an annual basis. All OREO properties at December 31, 2011 had current appraisals.

In situations where, for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, we may grant a concession for other than an insignificant period of time to the borrower that would not otherwise be considered, the related loan is classified as a TDR. We strive to identify borrowers in financial difficulty early and work with them to modify to more affordable terms before their loan reaches nonaccrual status. These modified terms generally include reductions in contractual interest rates, principal deferment and extensions of maturity dates at a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for a new loan with similar risk characteristics. These modifications are generally for longer term periods that would not be considered insignificant. While unusual, there may be instances of loan principal forgiveness. We individually evaluate all substandard commercial loans that experienced a forbearance or change in terms, as well as all substandard consumer and residential mortgage loans that entered into an agreement to modify their existing loan.

All TDRs are considered to be impaired loans and will be reported as impaired loans for the remaining life of the loan, unless the restructuring agreement specifies an interest rate equal to or greater than the rate that would be accepted at the time of the restructuring for a new loan with comparable risk and it is fully expected that the remaining principal and interest will be collected according to the restructured agreement. Further, all impaired loans are reported as nonaccrual loans unless the loan is a TDR that has met the requirements to be returned to accruing status. TDRs can be returned to accruing status, if the ultimate collectability of all contractual amounts due, according to the restructured agreement, is not in doubt and there is a period of a minimum of six months of satisfactory payment performance by the borrower either immediately before or after the restructuring. During 2011, we returned $17.1 million of TDRs to accruing status.

Defaulted TDRs are defined as loans having a payment default of 90 days or more after the restructuring takes place. During 2011, we had two commercial real estate loans totaling $0.9 million default. No other TDRs that existed at December 31, 2011 have defaulted.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, we modified $6.9 million of commercial and industrial loans, $6.6 million of commercial real estate loans, $4.5 million of commercial construction loans and $2.1 million of residential real estate for financially troubled borrowers that were not considered to be TDRs. These borrowers received modifications that represented insignificant delays in the timing of payments that were not considered to be concessions. TDRs increased significantly during 2011 as we are working closely with our customers during these challenging economic times.

 

PAGE 93


Table of Contents

NOTE 7. LOANS AND LOANS HELD FOR SALE — continued

 

 

The following table presents the restructured loans for the periods stated:

 

     2011      2010  
      Performing
TDRs
     Nonperforming
TDRs
     Total
TDRs
     Performing
TDRs
     Nonperforming
TDRs
     Total
TDRs
 
(in thousands)                                          

Commercial real estate

   $ 22,284       $ 10,871       $ 33,155       $ 1,194       $ 29,636       $ 30,830   

Commercial and industrial

     6,180                 6,180         37         1,000         1,037   

Commercial construction

     19,682         2,943         22,625                 2,143         2,143   

Residential mortgage

     1,570         4,370         5,940         908                 908   

Total

   $ 49,716       $ 18,184       $ 67,900       $ 2,139       $ 32,779       $ 34,918   

 

The following table include the number of TDRs, as well as both the pre-modification and post-modification recorded investments, by loan class, of those loans restructured identified during the year ended December 31:

 

      2011  
      Number of
Loans
     Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
(1)
     Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
(1)
     Total Difference
in Recorded
Investment
 
(in thousands)                            

Commercial real estate

     8       $ 6,077       $ 5,329       $ (748

Commercial and industrial

     6         6,364         6,180         (184

Commercial construction

     12         21,029         20,979         (50

Residential mortgage

     9         5,612         5,173         (439

Total

     35       $ 39,082       $ 37,661       $ (1,421
(1) 

Excludes loans that were paid off or charged-off by period end. The pre-modification balance represents the balance outstanding prior to modification. The post-modification balance represents the outstanding balance at period end.

 

We have granted loans to certain officers and directors of S&T as well as to certain affiliates of the officers and directors in the ordinary course of business. These loans were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated persons and did not involve more than normal risk of collectability.

The following table presents a summary of the aggregate amount of loans to any such persons as of December 31:

 

      2011     2010  
(in thousands)             

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 34,373      $ 34,136   

New loans

     23,751        20,594   

Repayments

     (26,303     (20,357

Balance at End of Year

   $ 31,821      $ 34,373   

 

NOTE 8. ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

 

We maintain an ALL at a level determined to be adequate to absorb estimated probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. Refer to Note 1 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for details of our ALL policy. During the fourth quarter of 2010, we implemented various enhancements to the ALL methodology to better align the calculation with the inherent risk

 

PAGE 94


Table of Contents

NOTE 8. ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES — continued

 

 

identified within the loan portfolio and align it with the regulatory guidance. Changes included consideration of additional loan risk characteristics such as internal risk rating, collateral, and loan-to-value, enhancing the base loss calculation to consider the estimated loss emergence period of each loan segment and expanding the qualitative adjustments to consider additional factors. The enhancements made to the ALL methodology did not materially change the ALL at December 31, 2010.

We develop and document a systematic ALL methodology based the following portfolio segments: 1) CRE, 2) C&I, 3) Commercial Construction, 4) Consumer Real Estate and 5) Other Consumer. The following are key risks within each portfolio segment:

 

CRE—Loans secured by commercial purpose real estate, including both owner occupied properties and investment properties for various purposes such as hotels, strip malls and apartments. Operation of the individual projects as well as global cash flows of the debtors are the primary sources of repayment for these loans. The condition of the local economy is an important indicator of risk, but there are also more specific risks depending on the collateral type as well as the business prospects of the lessee, if the project is not owner occupied.

 

C&I—Loans made to operating companies or manufacturers for the purpose of production, operating capacity, accounts receivable, inventory or equipment financing. Cash flow from the operations of the company is the primary source of repayment for these loans. The condition of the local economy is an important indicator of risk, but there are also more specific risks depending on the industry of the company. Collateral for these types of loans often do not have sufficient value in a distressed or liquidation scenario to satisfy the outstanding debt.

 

Commercial Construction—Loans made to finance construction of buildings or other structures, as well as to finance the acquisition and development of raw land for various purposes. While the risk of these loans is generally confined to the construction period, if there are problems, the project may not be complete, and as such, may not provide sufficient cash flow on its own to service the debt or have sufficient value in a liquidation to cover the outstanding principal. The condition of the local economy is an important indicator of risk, but there are also more specific risks depending on the type of project and the experience and resources of the developer.

 

Consumer Real Estate—Loans secured by first and second liens such as home equity loans, home equity lines of credit and 1-4 family residences, including purchase money mortgages. The primary source of repayment for these loans is the income and assets of the borrower. The condition of the local economy, in particular the unemployment rate, is an important indicator of risk for this segment. The state of the local housing market can also have a significant impact on this portfolio because low demand and/or declining home values can limit the ability of borrowers to sell a property and satisfy the debt.

 

Other Consumer—Loans made to individuals that may be secured by assets other than 1-4 family residences, as well as unsecured loans. This segment includes auto loans, unsecured lines and credit cards. The primary source of repayment for these loans is the income and assets of the borrower. The condition of the local economy, in particular the unemployment rate, is an important indicator of risk for this segment. The value of the collateral, if there is any, is less likely to be a source of repayment due to less certain collateral values.

 

We further assess risk within each portfolio segment by pooling loans with similar risk characteristics. For the commercial loan classes, the most important indicator of risk is the internally assigned risk rating, including pass, special mention and substandard. Consumer loans are pooled by type of collateral and first or second lien positions for consumer real estate loans. Historical loss rates are applied to these loan pools to determine the general reserve component of the ALL. Management monitors various credit quality indicators for both the commercial and consumer loan portfolios,

 

PAGE 95


Table of Contents

NOTE 8. ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES — continued

 

 

including delinquency, nonperforming status and changes in risk ratings on a monthly basis. Refer to Note 1 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for our policy for determining past due status of loans.

The following tables present the age analysis of past due loans segregated by class of loans at December 31:

 

2011    Current      30-59 Days
Past Due
     60-89 Days
Past Due
    

Non-

performing

     Total
Past Due
Loans
     Total Loans  
(in thousands)                                          

Commercial real estate

   $ 1,374,580       $ 7,657       $ 1,448       $ 31,648       $ 40,753       $ 1,415,333   

Commercial and industrial

     672,899         3,583         1,701         7,570         12,854         685,753   

Commercial construction

     182,305                         6,547         6,547         188,852   

Home equity

     405,578         2,199         691         2,936         5,826         411,404   

Residential mortgage

     349,214         1,240         1,163         7,229         9,632         358,846   

Installment and other consumer

     66,675         382         70         4         456         67,131   

Consumer construction

     2,259                         181         181         2,440   

Total

   $ 3,053,510       $ 15,061       $ 5,073       $ 56,115       $ 76,249       $ 3,129,759   

 

2010    Current      30-59 Days
Past Due
     60-89 Days
Past Due
    

Non-

performing

     Total
Past Due
Loans
     Total Loans  
(in thousands)                                          

Commercial real estate

   $ 1,445,521       $ 3,135       $ 1,236       $ 44,310       $ 48,681       $ 1,494,202   

Commercial and industrial

     717,078         975         739         3,567         5,281         722,359   

Commercial construction

     250,776         99         736         7,987         8,822         259,598   

Home equity

     437,212         1,744         707         1,433         3,884         441,096   

Residential mortgage

     352,194         930         416         5,996         7,342         359,536   

Installment and other consumer

     74,373         275         67         65         407         74,780   

Consumer construction

     3,494                         525         525         4,019   

Total

   $ 3,280,648       $ 7,158       $ 3,901       $ 63,883       $ 74,942       $ 3,355,590   

 

We continually monitor the commercial loan portfolio through an internal risk rating system. Loan risk ratings are assigned based upon the creditworthiness of the borrower and are reviewed on an ongoing basis according to our internal policies. Loans within the pass rating generally have a lower risk of loss than loans risk rated as special mention and substandard, which generally have an increasing risk of loss.

Our risk ratings are consistent with regulatory guidance and are as follows:

 

Pass—The loan is currently performing and is of high quality.

 

Special Mention—A special mention loan has potential weaknesses that warrant management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects or in the strength of our credit position at some future date. Economic and market conditions, beyond the borrower’s control, may in the future necessitate this classification.

 

PAGE 96


Table of Contents

NOTE 8. ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES — continued

 

 

Substandard—A substandard loan is not adequately protected by the net worth and/or paying capacity of the borrower or by the collateral pledged, if any. Substandard loans have a well-defined weakness, or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. These loans are characterized by the distinct possibility that we will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

The following tables present the recorded investment in commercial loan classes by internally assigned risk ratings at December 31:

 

2011    Commercial
Real Estate
     Commercial
and Industrial
     Commercial
Construction
     Total  
(in thousands)                            

Pass

   $ 1,229,005       $ 600,895       $ 136,270       $ 1,966,170   

Special mention

     84,400         33,135         17,106         134,641   

Substandard

     101,928         51,723         35,476         189,127   

Total

   $ 1,415,333       $ 685,753       $ 188,852       $ 2,289,938   

 

2010    Commercial
Real Estate
     Commercial
and Industrial
     Commercial
Construction
     Total  
(in thousands)                            

Pass

   $ 1,297,242       $ 619,011       $ 221,492       $ 2,137,745   

Special mention

     86,653         76,158         16,308         179,119   

Substandard

     110,307         27,190         21,798         159,295   

Total

   $ 1,494,202       $ 722,359       $ 259,598       $ 2,476,159   

 

We monitor the delinquent status of the consumer portfolio on a monthly basis. The risk of loss is generally highest for nonperforming loans.

The following tables present the recorded investment in consumer loan classes by performing and nonperforming status at December 31:

 

2011    Home
Equity
     Residential
Mortgage
     Installment
and other
consumer
     Consumer
Construction
     Total  
(in thousands)                                   

Performing

   $ 408,468       $ 351,617       $ 67,127       $ 2,259       $ 829,471   

Nonperforming

     2,936         7,229         4         181         10,350   

Total

   $ 411,404       $ 358,846       $ 67,131       $ 2,440       $ 839,821   

 

2010    Home
Equity
     Residential
Mortgage
     Installment
and other
consumer
     Consumer
Construction
     Total  
(in thousands)                                   

Performing

   $ 439,663       $ 353,540       $ 74,715       $ 3,494       $ 871,412   

Nonperforming

     1,433         5,996         65         525         8,019   

Total

   $ 441,096       $ 359,536       $ 74,780       $ 4,019       $ 879,431   

 

PAGE 97


Table of Contents

NOTE 8. ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES — continued

 

 

We individually evaluate all substandard and nonaccrual commercial loans greater than $0.5 million for impairment. Loans are considered to be impaired when based upon current information and events it is probable that we will be unable to collect all principal and interest payments due according to the original contractual terms of the loan agreement. All TDRs are considered to be impaired loans and will be reported as an impaired loan for the remaining life of the loan, unless the restructuring agreement specifies an interest rate equal to or greater than the rate that would be accepted at the time of the restructuring for a new loan with comparable risk and it is fully expected that the remaining principal and interest will be collected according to the restructured agreement. For all TDRs, regardless of size, as well as all other impaired loans, we conduct further analysis to determine the probable loss and assign a specific reserve to the loan if deemed appropriate.

The following tables present investments in loans considered to be impaired and related information on those impaired loans for the years ended December 31:

 

     December 31, 2011      Year Ended December 31, 2011  
      Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
 
(in thousands)                                   

With a related allowance recorded:

              

Commercial real estate

   $ 9,049       $ 9,276       $ 3,487       $ 12,045       $ 320   

Commercial and industrial

     4,207         4,207         1,116         3,497         77   

Commercial construction

     1,975         1,975         942         3,326         4   

Consumer real estate

                             173           

Total with a Related Allowance Recorded

     15,231         15,458         5,545         19,041         401   

Without a related allowance recorded:

              

Commercial real estate

     41,058         47,874                 34,965         1,415   

Commercial and industrial

     7,784         7,784                 4,128         132   

Commercial construction

     24,024         24,375                 8,856         496   

Consumer real estate

     5,939         6,545                 2,617         195   

Total without a Related Allowance Recorded

     78,805         86,578                 50,566         2,238   

Total:

              

Commercial real estate

     50,107         57,150         3,487         47,010         1,735   

Commercial and industrial

     11,991         11,991         1,116         7,625         209   

Commercial construction

     25,999         26,350         942         12,182         500   

Consumer real estate

     5,939         6,545                 2,790         195   

Total

   $ 94,036       $ 102,036       $ 5,545       $ 69,607       $ 2,639   

 

PAGE 98


Table of Contents

NOTE 8. ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES — continued

 

 

As of December 31, 2011, commercial real estate loans of $50.1 million comprised 53 percent of the total impaired loans of $94.0 million. These impaired loans are collateralized primarily by commercial real estate properties such as retail or strip malls, office buildings, hotels and various other types of commercial purpose properties. These loans are generally considered collateral dependent and charge-offs are recorded when a confirmed loss exists. Approximately $11.2 million of charge-offs have been recorded relating to these commercial real estate loans over the life of these loans. It is our policy to order appraisals on an annual basis on impaired loans or sooner if facts and circumstances warrant otherwise. As of December 31, 2011, updated appraisals completed within the last 12 months exist for these loans and aggregate an estimated fair value less cost to sell of approximately $61.3 million.

 

     December 31, 2010      Year Ended December 31, 2010  
      Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
 
(in thousands)                                   

With a related allowance recorded:

              

Commercial real estate

   $ 10,152       $ 11,466       $ 1,992       $ 21,023       $ 489   

Commercial and industrial

     1,263         1,263         337         1,623         22   

Commercial construction

     4,662         4,662         1,302         7,165           

Total with a Related Allowance
Recorded

     16,077         17,391         3,631         29,811         511   

Without a related allowance recorded:

              

Commercial real estate

     29,788         37,567                 28,074         442   

Commercial and industrial

     1,491         3,280                 1,370           

Commercial construction

     3,325         4,853                 7,202         20   

Total without a Related Allowance Recorded

     34,604         45,700                 36,646         462   

Total:

              

Commercial real estate

     39,940         49,033         1,992         49,097         931   

Commercial and industrial

     2,754         4,543         337         2,993         22   

Commercial construction

     7,987         9,515         1,302         14,367         20   

Total

   $ 50,681       $ 63,091       $ 3,631       $ 66,457       $ 973   

 

The following tables detail activity in the ALL for the years ended December 31:

 

     2011  
      Commercial
Real Estate
    Commercial and
Industrial
    Commercial
Construction
    Consumer
Real Estate
    Other
Consumer
    Total Loans  
(in thousands)                                     

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 30,425      $ 9,777      $ 5,904      $ 3,962      $ 1,319      $ 51,387   

Charge-offs

     (8,824     (8,971     (1,720     (2,617     (1,013     (23,145

Recoveries

     780        357        2,463        1,030        360        4,990   

Net (Charge-offs)/ Recoveries

     (8,044     (8,614     743        (1,587     (653     (18,155

Provision for loan losses

     7,423        10,111        (2,944     791        228        15,609   

Balance at End of Year

   $ 29,804      $ 11,274      $ 3,703      $ 3,166      $ 894      $ 48,841   

 

PAGE 99


Table of Contents

NOTE 8. ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES — continued

 

 

    2010         2009  
     Commercial
Real Estate
    Commercial and
Industrial
    Commercial
Construction
    Consumer
Real Estate
    Other
Consumer
    Total Loans         Total Loans  
(in thousands)                                              

Balance at beginning of year

  $ 27,322      $ 21,393      $ 8,008      $ 501      $ 2,356      $ 59,580        $ 42,689   

Charge-offs

    (23,925     (7,277     (6,354     (2,210     (1,261     (41,027       (56,862

Recoveries

    575        329        1,749        201        469        3,323          1,399   

Net (Charge-offs)/ Recoveries

    (23,350     (6,948     (4,605     (2,009     (792     (37,704       (55,463

Provision for loan losses

    26,453        (4,668     2,501        5,470        (245     29,511          72,354   

Balance at End of Year

  $ 30,425      $ 9,777      $ 5,904      $ 3,962      $ 1,319      $ 51,387        $ 59,580   

 

The following tables present the ALL and recorded investments in loans by category as of December 31:

 

     Allowance for Loan Losses      Portfolio Loans  
2011    Individually
Evaluated for
Impairment
     Collectively
Evaluated for
Impairment
     Total      Individually
Evaluated for
Impairment
     Collectively
Evaluated for
Impairment
     Total  
(in thousands)                                          

Commercial real estate

   $ 3,487       $ 26,317       $ 29,804       $ 50,107       $ 1,365,226       $ 1,415,333   

Commercial and industrial

     1,116         10,158         11,274         11,991         673,762         685,753   

Commercial construction

     942         2,761         3,703         25,999         162,853         188,852   

Consumer real estate

             3,166         3,166         5,939         766,751         772,690   

Other consumer

             894         894                 67,131         67,131   

Total

   $ 5,545       $ 43,296       $ 48,841       $ 94,036       $ 3,035,723       $ 3,129,759   

 

     Allowance for Loan Losses      Portfolio Loans  
2010    Individually
Evaluated for
Impairment
     Collectively
Evaluated for
Impairment
     Total      Individually
Evaluated for
Impairment
     Collectively
Evaluated for
Impairment
     Total  
(in thousands)                                          

Commercial real estate

   $ 1,992       $ 28,432       $ 30,424       $ 39,940       $ 1,454,262       $ 1,494,202   

Commercial and industrial

     337         9,440         9,777         2,754         719,605         722,359   

Commercial construction

     1,302         4,603         5,905         7,987         251,611         259,598   

Consumer real estate

             3,962         3,962                 804,651         804,651   

Other consumer

             1,319         1,319                 74,780         74,780   

Total

   $ 3,631       $ 47,756       $ 51,387       $ 50,681       $ 3,304,909       $ 3,355,590   

 

PAGE 100


Table of Contents

NOTE 9. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

 

 

The following table is a summary of premises and equipment at December 31:

 

      2011     2010  
(in thousands)             

Land

   $ 6,316      $ 6,384   

Premises

     41,608        41,470   

Furniture and equipment

     22,941        22,552   

Leasehold improvements

     4,899        4,781   
     75,764        75,187   

Accumulated depreciation

     (38,009     (35,233

Total

   $ 37,755      $ 39,954   

 

Depreciation expense related to premises and equipment was $4.3 million for each of the years 2011, 2010 and 2009.

Certain banking facilities are leased under lease arrangements expiring at various dates until the year 2054. Those which contain escalation clauses, where the rent increases over the term of the lease, are accounted for on a straight-line basis. All leases are accounted for as operating leases, except for one capital lease. Rental expense for premises amounted to $1.9 million, $1.7 million and $1.9 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Included in the rental expense for premises are leases entered into with two directors, which totaled $0.2 million for each of the years ended 2011, 2010 and 2009.

Minimum annual rental and renewal option payments for each of the following five years and thereafter are approximately:

 

      Operating      Capital      Total  
(in thousands)                     

2012

   $ 1,548       $ 76       $ 1,624   

2013

     1,564         76         1,640   

2014

     1,581         76         1,657   

2015

     1,583         76         1,659   

2016

     1,535         76         1,611   

Thereafter

     32,534         916         33,450   

Total

   $ 40,345       $ 1,296       $ 41,641   

 

NOTE 10. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

 

The following table represents a roll forward of goodwill:

 

      2011      2010  
(in thousands)              

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 165,273       $ 165,167   

Additions

             106   

Balance at End of Year

   $ 165,273       $ 165,273   

 

PAGE 101


Table of Contents

NOTE 10. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS — continued

 

 

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets purchased. Goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually with an interim analysis performed when necessary.

During the third quarter of 2011, our stock traded below common book value for an extended period of time. As a result, we engaged a third party to provide current market data for recent bank merger and acquisition transactions. The market data included transactions from January 2010 to August 2011 and indicated that transactions were occurring in excess of common book value of 70.3 percent (median). This data supported our conclusion that the fair value exceeds the carrying value and no further valuation procedures were completed. At December 31, 2011, our stock was trading in excess of 10 percent above common book value.

We completed the annual goodwill impairment assessment as required in 2011 and 2010; the results indicated that the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded the carrying value. We determined that goodwill is not impaired.

The following table shows a summary of intangible assets:

 

      2011     2010  
(in thousands)             

Gross carrying amount at beginning of year

   $ 15,070      $ 15,070   

Accumulated amortization

     (9,342     (7,605

Balance at End of Year

   $ 5,728      $ 7,465   

 

Intangible assets as of December 31, 2011 consisted of $4.9 million for the acquisition of core deposits, $0.2 million for the acquisition of wealth management relationships and $0.6 million for the acquisition of insurance contract relationships. We determined the amount of identifiable intangible assets based upon independent core deposit and insurance contract analyses. We did not record any intangible assets in 2011 or 2010. Other intangible assets are evaluated for recoverability annually and more frequently if triggering events and changes in circumstances occur. We completed this review in 2011 and 2010 and determined that other intangible assets are not impaired.

Amortization expense on finite-lived intangible assets totaled $1.7 million, $1.9 million and $2.3 million for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The following is a summary of the expected amortization expense for finite-lived intangibles assets, assuming no new additions, for each of the five years following December 31, 2011:

 

      Amount  
(in thousands)       

2012

   $ 1,542   

2013

     1,337   

2014

     911   

2015

     716   

2016

     520   

Total

   $ 5,026   

 

NOTE 11. DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

 

 

In the normal course of business, we use derivative instruments and hedging activities as discussed under Derivative Financial Instruments in Note 1 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

 

PAGE 102


Table of Contents

NOTE 11. DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES — continued

 

 

The following table indicates the amount representing the value of derivative assets and derivative liabilities at December 31:

 

     Derivatives (included in
Other Assets)
     Derivatives (included
in Other Liabilities)
 
      2011      2010      2011      2010  
(in thousands)                            

Derivatives not Designated as Hedging Instruments

           

Interest Rate Swaps—Commercial Loans

           

Fair value

   $ 23,764       $ 17,518       $ 23,639       $ 17,355   

Notional amount

     189,868         211,078         189,868         211,078   

Collateral posted

                     20,273         13,928   

Interest Rate Lock Commitments—Mortgage Loans

           

Fair value

     244         217                   

Notional amount

     7,093         17,033                   

Forward Sale Contracts—Mortgage Loans

           

Fair value

             412         95           

Notional amount

             21,785         7,729           

 

The following table indicates the gain or loss recognized in income on derivatives for the year ended December 31:

 

      2011     2010      2009  
(in thousands)                    

Derivatives not Designated as Hedging Instruments

       

Interest rate swaps—commercial loans

   $ (38   $ 96       $ (616

Interest rate lock commitments—mortgage loans

     27        62         6   

Forward sale contracts—mortgage loans

     (507     220         242   

Total Derivative (Loss) Gain

   $ (518   $ 378       $ (368

 

NOTE 12. MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the 1-4 family mortgage loans that were sold to Federal National Mortgage Association, or FNMA, amounted to $67.9 million, $109.3 million and $133.5 million respectively. At December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 our servicing portfolio totaled $332.6 million, $318.2 million and $255.9 million, respectively.

The following table indicates mortgage servicing rights and the net carrying values:

 

      Servicing
Rights
    Valuation
Allowance
     Net Carrying
Value
 
(in thousands)                    

Balance at December 31, 2009

   $ 2,692      $ 592       $ 2,100   

Additions

     1,006        233         773   

Amortization

     (406             (406

Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 3,292      $ 825       $ 2,467   

Additions

     621        342         279   

Amortization

     (593             (593

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 3,320      $ 1,167       $ 2,153   

 

PAGE 103


Table of Contents

NOTE 13. DEPOSITS

 

 

The following table presents the composition of deposits at December 31 and interest expense for the years ended December 31:

 

      2011      2010      2009  
   Balance      Interest
Expense
     Balance      Interest
Expense
     Balance      Interest
Expense
 
(in thousands)                                          

Noninterest-bearing demand

   $ 818,686       $       $ 765,812       $       $ 712,120       $   

Interest-bearing demand

     283,611         47         295,246         54         260,554         59   

Money market

     278,092         691         262,683         1,166         289,367         1,557   

Savings

     802,942         1,267         753,813         2,127         752,130         3,464   

Certificates of deposit

     1,152,528         20,947         1,239,970         25,370         1,290,370         33,358   

Total

   $ 3,335,859       $ 22,952       $ 3,317,524       $ 28,717       $ 3,304,541       $ 38,438   

 

The aggregate of all certificates of deposit over $100,000 amounted to $357.7 million and $451.6 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The following table indicates the scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit at December 31, 2011:

 

      Amount  
(in thousands)       

2012

   $ 706,140   

2013

     218,088   

2014

     87,970   

2015

     84,167   

2016

     45,656   

Thereafter

     10,507   

Total

   $ 1,152,528   

 

PAGE 104


Table of Contents

NOTE 14. SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

 

 

Short-term borrowings are for terms under one year and were comprised of retail repurchase agreements , or REPOs, federal funds purchased, term auction facility, or TAF borrowings and FHLB advances. We define repurchase agreements with our local retail customers as retail REPOs. Securities pledged as collateral under these REPO financing arrangements cannot be sold or repledged by the secured party and are therefore accounted for as a secured borrowing. Federal funds purchased are unsecured overnight borrowings with other financial institutions. TAF borrowings are collateral backed short-term loans with the Federal Reserve. FHLB advances are for various terms secured by a blanket lien on residential mortgages and other real estate secured loans. The following table represents the composition of short-term borrowings at December 31 and interest expense for the years ended December 31:

 

      2011      2010      2009  
   Balance      Interest
Expense
     Balance      Interest
Expense
     Balance      Interest
Expense
 
(in thousands)                                          

Securities sold under repurchase agreements, retail

   $ 30,370       $ 53       $ 40,653       $ 64       $ 44,935       $ 141   

Federal funds purchased

                                             1   

Term auction facility

                                             18   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     75,000         2                 146         51,300         526   

Total

   $ 105,370       $ 55       $ 40,653       $ 210       $ 96,235       $ 686   

 

In addition, we currently have a $5.0 million line of credit with S&T Bank secured by investments of another subsidiary of S&T. The line of credit has a variable rate based upon prime and is payable on demand. There were no funds drawn from this line of credit in 2011, 2010 or 2009.

Information pertaining to REPOs, federal funds purchased and TAF advances are summarized in the table below:

 

      2011      2010      2009  
(in thousands)                     

Balance at December 31

   $ 30,370       $ 40,653       $ 44,935   

Average balance during the year

     41,584         46,489         94,019   

Average interest rate during the year

     0.13%         0.14%         0.17%   

Maximum month-end balance during the year

   $ 42,409       $ 52,046       $ 129,835   

Average interest rate at December 31

     0.11%         0.07%         0.14%   

 

Information pertaining to FHLB advances is summarized in the table below:

 

      2011      2010      2009  
(in thousands)                     

Balance at December 31

   $ 75,000       $       $ 51,300   

Average balance during the year

     551         32,473         96,929   

Average interest rate during the year

     0.32%         0.45%         0.54%   

Maximum month-end balance during the year

   $ 75,000       $ 141,800       $ 195,150   

Average interest rate at December 31

     0.18%                 0.62%   

 

PAGE 105


Table of Contents

NOTE 15. LONG-TERM BORROWINGS

 

 

We had total borrowings as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 at the Pittsburgh FHLB of $106.6 million and $29.1 million, respectively. Total borrowings for 2011 consisted of $75.0 million in short-term borrowings and $31.6 million in long-term borrowings. The total borrowings of $29.1 million in 2010 were long-term. FHLB borrowings are collateralized by a blanket lien on residential mortgages and other real estate secured loans. Total loans pledged as collateral at the FHLB were $2.0 billion at year end. We were eligible to borrow up to an additional $714.1 million based on qualifying collateral and up to $277.1 million more provided that additional collateral is pledged.

Interest expense of $1.1 million, $1.6 million and $5.6 million was recognized on long-term borrowings for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Scheduled annual maturities and average interest rate for all of the long-term debt, including a capital lease of $0.3 million, for each of the five years and thereafter subsequent to December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

      Balance      Average Rate  
(in thousands)              

2012

   $ 1,818         3.63%   

2013

     11,885         3.52%   

2014

     1,956         3.73%   

2015

     1,981         3.79%   

2016

     1,905         3.84%   

Thereafter

     12,329         3.07%   

Total

   $ 31,874         3.40%   

 

Junior Subordinated Debt Securities

 

The following table represents the composition of junior subordinated debt securities at December 31 and the interest expense for the years ended December 31:

 

      2011      2010      2009  
   Balance      Interest
Expense
     Balance      Interest
Expense
     Balance      Interest
Expense
 
(in thousands)                                          

2006 Junior subordinated debt

   $ 25,000       $ 1,344       $ 25,000       $ 1,695       $ 25,000       $ 1,695   

2008 Junior subordinated debt—trust preferred securities

     20,619         777         20,619         782         20,619         912   

2008 Junior subordinated debt

     20,000         786         20,000         791         20,000         919   

2008 Junior subordinated debt

     25,000         728         25,000         735         25,000         887   

Total

   $ 90,619       $ 3,635       $ 90,619       $ 4,003       $ 90,619       $ 4,413   

 

PAGE 106


Table of Contents

NOTE 15. LONG-TERM BORROWINGS — continued

 

 

The following table summarizes the key terms of our junior subordinated debt securities:

 

    

2006 Junior

Subordinated Debt

 

2008 Trust

Preferred Securities

 

2008 Junior

Subordinated Debt

 

2008 Junior

Subordinated Debt

(in thousands)                

Junior Subordinated Debt

  $25,000     $20,000   $25,000

Trust Preferred Securities

    $20,000    

Stated Maturity Date

  12/15/2036   3/15/2038   6/15/2018   5/30/2018

First optional redemption date at par

  9/15/2011   3/15/2013   6/15/2013   5/30/2013

Regulatory Capital

  Tier 2   Tier 1   Tier 2   Tier 2

Interest Rate

  3 month LIBOR*
plus 160 bps
  3 month LIBOR
plus 350 bps
  3 month LIBOR
plus 350 bps
  3 month LIBOR
plus 250 bps

Interest Rate at December 31, 2011

  2.15%   4.05%   4.05%   3.02%

 

We completed a private placement of the trust preferred securities to a financial institution during the first quarter of 2008. As a result, we own 100 percent of the common equity within STBA Capital Trust I. The trust was formed to issue mandatorily redeemable capital securities to third-party investors. The proceeds from the sale of the securities and the issuance of the common equity by STBA Capital Trust I were invested in junior subordinated debt securities issued by us. The third party investors are considered the primary beneficiaries; therefore, the trust qualifies as a variable interest entity, or VIE, but are not consolidated into our financial statements. STBA Capital Trust I pays dividends on the securities at the same rate as the distributions paid by us on the junior subordinated debt held by STBA Capital Trust I.

 

NOTE 16. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

 

Commitments

 

The following table sets forth the commitments and letters of credit at December 31:

 

      2011      2010  
(in thousands)              

Commitments to extend credit

   $ 816,160       $ 836,042   

Standby letters of credit

     119,576         135,489   

Total

   $ 935,736       $ 971,531   

 

Estimates of the fair value of these off-balance sheet items were not made because of the short-term nature of these arrangements and the credit standing of the counterparties.

Our allowance for unfunded commitments totaled $1.2 million at December 31, 2011 and $2.7 million at December 31, 2010. Refer to Note 1 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Allowance for Unfunded Commitments for the methodology used to calculate the allowance for unfunded commitments.

We have future commitments with third party vendors for data processing and communication charges. Data processing and communication charges related to these commitments resulted in expense of $7.4 million, $6.8 million and $6.7 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

PAGE 107


Table of Contents

NOTE 16. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES — continued

 

 

The following table sets forth the future estimated payments related to data processing and communication charges for the periods stated:

 

      Total  
(in thousands)       

2012

   $ 9,124   

2013

     6,339   

2014

     6,523   

2015

     6,671   

2016

     6,317   

Total

   $ 34,974   

 

The commitments in the above table show a decrease in 2013 due to the expiration of a contract with both a third party data processor and a communication vendor. We will be negotiating new contracts during 2012 with these vendors. Additionally, the 2012 commitments include $2.0 million in data processing costs associated with our upcoming acquisition of Mainline.

 

Litigation

 

In the normal course of business, we are subject to various legal and administrative proceedings and claims. While any type of litigation contains a level of uncertainty, we believe that the outcome of such proceedings or claims pending will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position.

 

NOTE 17. INCOME TAXES

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31 are comprised of:

 

      2011      2010     2009  
(in thousands)                    

Current

   $ 12,174       $ 18,969      $ 3,596   

Deferred

     2,448         (4,537     (7,465

Total

   $ 14,622       $ 14,432      $ (3,869

 

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to income before income taxes. We ordinarily generate an annual effective tax rate that is less that the statutory rate of 35 percent primarily due to benefits resulting from tax-exempt interest, excludable dividend income, tax-exempt interest on BOLI and tax benefits associated with LIHTC from certain partnership investments.

The statutory to effective tax rate reconciliation for the years ended December 31 is as follows:

 

      2011      2010      2009  

Statutory tax rate

     35.0 %         35.0 %         35.0 %   

Low income housing and federal historic tax credits

     (5.5)%         (3.9)%         (36.5)%   

Tax-exempt interest

     (4.1)%         (4.8)%         (74.2)%   

Bank owned life insurance

     (1.2)%         (1.3)%         (15.6)%   

Dividend exclusion

     (0.6)%         (0.7)%         (14.4)%   

Adjustment of deferred balances

                     6.3 %   

Other

             0.6 %         4.7 %   

Effective Tax Rate

     23.6 %         24.9 %         (94.7)%   

 

PAGE 108


Table of Contents

NOTE 17. INCOME TAXES — continued

 

 

Income taxes applicable to security gains (losses) insignificant in 2011, $0.1 million in 2010 and $(1.8) million in 2009.

Significant components of our temporary differences were as follows at December 31:

 

      2011     2010  
(in thousands)             

Deferred Tax Liabilities:

    

Net unrealized holding gains on securities available-for-sale

   $ 5,208      $ 2,818   

Prepaid pension

     5,007        3,930   

Deferred loan income

     736        599   

Purchase accounting adjustments

     3,160        3,959   

Depreciation on premises and equipment

     1,882        2,001   

Other

     701        649   

Total Deferred Tax liabilities

     16,694        13,956   

Deferred Tax Assets:

    

Allowance for loan losses

     15,593        17,644   

Loan fees

     250        341   

Other employee benefits

     2,148        2,024   

Low income housing partnerships

     2,608        2,281   

Net adjustment to funded status of pension

     12,804        6,228   

Impairment of securities

     2,119        2,130   

Delinquent interest on nonaccrual loans

     1,187        1,939   

State net operating loss carryforwards

     1,232        971   

Other

     3,309        2,955   

Gross Deferred Tax Assets

     41,250        36,513   

Less: Valuation allowance for Pennsylvania net operating loss carryforwards

     (1,232     (971

Total Deferred Tax Assets

     40,018        35,542   

Net Deferred Tax Asset

   $ 23,324      $ 21,586   

 

We establish a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that we will not be able to realize the benefit of the deferred tax assets. Except for Pennsylvania net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards, we have determined that a valuation allowance is unnecessary for the deferred tax assets because it is more likely than not that these assets will be realized through future reversals of existing temporary differences and through future taxable income. Periodically, the valuation allowance is reviewed and adjusted based on management’s assessments of realizable deferred tax assets. Gross deferred tax assets were reduced by a valuation allowance related to Pennsylvania income tax net operating losses generated by the bank holding company, as utilization of these losses is not likely. These operating loss carryforwards total $12.3 million and will expire in the years 2021-2031.

 

PAGE 109


Table of Contents

NOTE 17. INCOME TAXES — continued

 

 

The period change in deferred taxes on our balance sheet is comprised of the following at December 31:

 

      2011     2010  
(in thousands)             

Deferred tax changes reflected in other comprehensive gain/loss

   $ (4,186   $ (65

Deferred tax changes reflected in federal income tax expense (benefit)

     2,448        (4,537

 

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

 

A reconciliation of the change in Federal and State gross unrecognized tax benefits, or UTB, for the years ended December 31:

 

      2011     2010     2009  
(in thousands)                   

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 242      $ 286      $ 195   

Prior period tax positions

      

Increase

                     

Decrease

            (67     (79

Current period tax positions

     (42     23        170   

Reductions for statute of limitations expirations

                     

Balance at End of Year

   $ 200      $ 242      $ 286   

Amount That Would Affect the Effective Tax Rate if Recognized

   $ 197      $ 239      $ 249   

 

We classify interest and penalties as an element of tax expense. The amount of tax-related interest and penalties recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income for years 2011, 2010 and 2009 and the total of such amounts accrued in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were not material.

We monitor changes in tax statutes and regulations to determine if significant changes will occur over the next 12 months. As of December 31, 2011 no significant changes to UTB are projected, however, tax audit examinations are possible.

 

NOTE 18. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

 

 

We maintain a defined benefit pension plan, or Plan, covering substantially all employees hired prior to January 1, 2008. The benefits are based on years of service and the employee’s compensation for the highest five consecutive years in the last ten years. Contributions are intended to provide for benefits attributed to employee service to date and for those benefits expected to be earned in the future.

 

PAGE 110


Table of Contents

NOTE 18. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS — continued

 

 

The following table summarizes the activity in the benefit obligation and Plan assets deriving the funded status, which is recorded in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:

 

      2011     2010  
(in thousands)             

Change in Projected Benefit Obligation

    

Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year

   $ 74,118      $ 65,183   

Service cost

     2,371        2,245   

Interest cost

     4,162        4,017   

Plan participants’ contributions

     3,964        162   

Plan amendments

     (1,513       

Actuarial loss

     15,199        5,373   

Benefits paid

     (5,268     (2,862

Projected Benefit Obligation at End of Year

   $ 93,033      $ 74,118   

Change in Plan Assets

    

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

   $ 68,774      $ 62,480   

Actual return on plan assets

     156        8,994   

Employer contributions

     5,000          

Plan participants’ contributions

     3,964        162   

Benefits paid

     (5,268     (2,862

Fair Value of Plan Assets at End of Year

   $ 72,626      $ 68,774   

Funded Status

   $ (20,407   $ (5,344

 

The following table sets forth the amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive gain/loss at December 31:

 

      2011     2010  
(in thousands)             

Prior service credit

   $ (1,579   $ (73

Net actuarial loss

     36,294        16,645   

Total (Before Tax Effects)

   $ 34,715      $ 16,572   

 

Below are the actuarial weighted average assumptions used in determining the benefit obligation:

 

      2011     2010  

Discount rate

     4.75     5.75

Rate of compensation increase

     4.00     4.00

 

PAGE 111


Table of Contents

NOTE 18. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS — continued

 

 

The following table summarizes the components of net periodic pension cost and other changes in plan assets and benefit obligation recognized in other comprehensive gain/loss for the years ended December 31:

 

      2011     2010     2009  
(in thousands)                   

Components of Net Periodic Pension Cost

      

Service cost—benefits earned during the period

   $ 2,371      $ 2,245      $ 2,311   

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation

     4,162        4,017        3,797   

Expected return on plan assets

     (5,378     (4,882     (4,288

Amortization of prior service credit

     (7     (7     (7

Recognized net actuarial loss

     773        824        1,297   

Net Periodic Pension Cost

   $ 1,921      $ 2,197      $ 3,110   

Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligation Recognized in Other Comprehensive Loss

      

Net actuarial loss (gain)

   $ 20,422      $ 1,261      $ (6,211

Recognized net actuarial loss

     (773     (824     (1,297

Prior service credit

     (1,513              

Recognized prior service credit

     7        7        7   

Total (Before Tax Effects)

   $ 18,143      $ 444      $ (7,501

Total Recognized in Net Benefit Cost and Other Comprehensive Gain/Loss (Before Tax Effects)

   $ 20,064      $ 2,641      $ (4,391

 

The following table summarizes the actuarial weighted average assumptions used in determining net periodic pension cost:

 

      2011      2010      2009  

Discount rate

     5.75%         6.25%         6.25%   

Rate of compensation increase

     4.00%         4.00%         4.00%   

Expected return on assets

     8.00%         8.00%         8.00%   

 

The net actuarial loss included in accumulated other comprehensive gain/loss expected to be recognized in net periodic pension cost during the year ended December 31, 2012 is $2.3 million. The prior service cost expected to be recognized during the same period is not significant.

The accumulated benefit obligation for the Plan was $82.0 million at December 31, 2011 and $65.7 million at December 31, 2010.

We consider many factors when setting the assumed rate of return on Plan assets. As a general guideline the assumed rate of return is equal to the weighted average of the expected returns for each asset category and is estimated based on historical returns as well as expected future returns. The weighted average discount rate is derived from corporate yield curves.

S&T Bank’s Retirement Plan Committee determines the investment policy for the Plan. In general, the targeted asset allocation is 50 percent to 70 percent equities and 30 percent to 50 percent fixed income. A strategic allocation within each asset class is employed based on the Plan’s time horizon, risk tolerances, performance expectations and asset class preferences. Investment managers have discretion to invest in any equity or fixed-income asset class, subject to the securities guidelines of the Plan’s Investment Policy Statement.

 

PAGE 112


Table of Contents

NOTE 18. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS — continued

 

 

At this time, the Bank is not required to make a cash contribution to the Plan in 2012; however, the Bank contributed $5.0 million to the Plan in December 2011.

The following table provides information regarding estimated future benefit payments to be paid in each of the next five years and in the aggregate for the five years thereafter:

 

      Amount  
(in thousands)       

2012

   $ 4,905   

2013

     5,324   

2014

     5,346   

2015

     6,681   

2016

     5,749   

2017—2021

     32,761   

 

We also have supplemental executive retirement plans, or SERPs, for certain key employees. The SERPs are unfunded. The projected benefit obligations related to the SERPs were $3.1 million and $2.3 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. These amounts also represent the net amount recognized in the statement of financial position for the SERPs. Net periodic benefit costs for the SERPs were $0.3 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Additionally, $1.9 million and $1.3 million before tax were reflected in accumulated other comprehensive gain/loss at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, in relation to the SERPs. The actuarial assumptions used for the SERPs are the same as those used for the Plan.

We maintain a Thrift Plan, a qualified defined contribution plan, in which substantially all employees are eligible to participate. We make matching contributions to the Thrift Plan up to 3.5 percent of participants’ eligible compensation and may make additional profit-sharing contributions as provided by the Thrift Plan. Expense related to these contributions amounted to $1.1 million in both 2011 and 2010 and $1.4 million in 2009.

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

The following tables present our pension plan assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis by fair value hierarchy level at December 31, 2011 and 2010. There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 for items of a recurring basis during the periods presented.

 

     December 31, 2011  
Asset Class(1)    Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
(in thousands)                            

Cash and cash equivalents(2)

   $       $ 7,440       $       $ 7,440   

Fixed Income(3)

     21,539                 1,333         22,872   

Equities:

           

Equity index mutual funds—domestic(4)

     1,580                         1,580   

Equity index mutual funds—international(5)

     3,437                         3,437   

Domestic Individual Equities(6)

     34,600                         34,600   

International Individual Equities(7)

     1,437                         1,437   

Equity—Partnerships(8)

                     1,260         1,260   
Total Assets at Fair Value    $ 62,593       $ 7,440       $ 2,593       $ 72,626   
(1) 

Refer to Note 1 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Fair Value Measurements for a description of levels within the fair value hierarchy.

(2) 

This asset class includes FDIC insured money market instruments.

 

PAGE 113


Table of Contents

NOTE 18. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS — continued

 

 

(3) 

This asset class includes a variety of fixed income mutual funds and a partnership which primarily invests in investment grade rated securities. Investment managers have discretion to invest in fixed income related securities including futures, options and other derivatives. Investments may be made in currencies other than the U.S. dollar.

(4) 

The sole investment within this asset class is S&P 600 index iShares.

(5) 

The sole investment within this asset class is MSCI EAFE Index iShares.

(6) 

This asset class includes individual domestic equities invested in an active all-cap strategy. It may also include convertible bonds.

(7)

This asset class includes American Depository Receipts, or ADR.

(8) 

This asset class includes a Partnership priced by the investment manager which invests in equities and T-Bills.

 

     December 31, 2010  
Asset Class(1)    Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
(in thousands)                            

Cash and cash equivalents(2)

   $       $ 3,196       $       $ 3,196   

Fixed Income(3)

     24,302                         24,302   

Equities:

           

Equity index mutual funds—domestic(4)

     1,477                         1,477   

Equity index mutual funds—international(5)

     3,643                         3,643   

Domestic Individual Equities(6)

     34,621                         34,621   

International Individual Equities(7)

     1,535                         1,535   
Total Assets at Fair Value    $ 65,578       $ 3,196       $       $ 68,774   
(1) 

Refer to Note 1 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Fair Value Measurements for a description of levels within the fair value hierarchy.

(2) 

This asset class includes FDIC insured money market instruments.

(3) 

This asset class includes a variety of fixed income mutual funds which primarily invests in investment grade rated securities. Investment managers have discretion to invest in fixed income related securities including futures, options and other derivatives. Investments may be made in currencies other than the U.S. dollar.

(4) 

The sole investment within this asset class is S&P 600 index iShares.

(5) 

The sole investment within this asset class is MSCI EAFE Index iShares.

(6) 

This asset class includes individual domestic equities invested in an active all-cap strategy. It may also include convertible bonds.

(7) 

This asset class includes American Depository Receipts, or ADR.

 

NOTE 19. INCENTIVE AND RESTRICTED STOCK PLAN AND DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

 

 

We adopted an Incentive Stock Plan in 1992 that provided for granting incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock and appreciation rights. On October 17, 1994, the 1992 Stock Plan was amended to include outside directors. The 1992 Stock Plan had a maximum of 3,200,000 shares of our common stock and expired ten years from the date of board approval. At December 31, 2002, 3,180,822 nonstatutory stock options and restricted stock had been granted under the 1992 Stock Plan. No further awards will be made under the 1992 Stock Plan.

We adopted an incentive Stock Plan in 2003 that provides for granting incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock and appreciation rights. The 2003 Stock Plan has a maximum of 1,500,000 shares of our common stock and expires ten years from the date of board approval. The 2003 Stock Plan is similar to the 1992 Stock Plan, which the 2003 Stock Plan replaced.

 

Stock Options

 

As of December 31, 2011, 757,050 nonstatutory stock options are outstanding under the 2003 Stock Plan. Nonstatutory stock options granted in 2006 and 2005 are fully vested and have a ten-year life. Our policy is to issue shares from treasury upon exercise of stock options. We did not recognize compensation expense for stock options in 2011 or 2010. We recognized $0.5 million, net of tax was $0.3 million, for year ending December 31, 2009.

 

PAGE 114


Table of Contents

NOTE 19. INCENTIVE AND RESTRICTED STOCK PLAN AND DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN — continued

 

 

The fair value of option awards under the nonstatutory stock option plan is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes valuation model, which is dependent upon certain assumptions. We use the simplified method in developing the estimated life of the option, whereby the expected life is presumed to be the mid point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. There were no nonstatutory stock options granted in 2011, 2010 or 2009.

The following table summarizes activity for nonstatutory stock options for the years ending December 31:

 

     2011     2010     2009  
  Number
of Shares
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
    Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
    Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
    Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
    Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
    Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
 

Outstanding at Beginning of Year

    930,700      $ 32.80          1,100,550      $ 31.85          1,199,650      $ 31.14     

Granted

                                               

Exercised

                    (82,100     19.81          (1,150     23.80     

Forfeited

    (173,650     26.11                (87,750     33.04                (97,950     23.28           

Outstanding at End of Year

    757,050      $ 34.33        2.8 years        930,700      $ 32.80        3.3 years        1,100,550      $ 31.85        4.1 years   

Exercisable at End of Year

    757,050      $ 34.33        2.8 years        930,700      $ 32.80        3.3 years        1,048,925      $ 31.55        4.0 years   

 

The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding and exercisable was zero as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. The aggregate intrinsic value represents the total pretax intrinsic value (the difference between our closing stock price on the last trading day of the fourth quarter and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2011.

The following table provides information about non-vested options for the years ended December 31:

 

      Non-Vested
Options
     Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Non-vested at December 31, 2008

     103,250       $ 9.48   

Granted

               

Vested

     51,625         9.48   

Forfeited

               

Non-vested at December 31, 2009

     51,625       $ 9.48   

Granted

               

Vested

     30,625         9.48   

Forfeited

     21,000         9.48   

Non-vested at December 31, 2010

           $   

Granted

               

Vested

               

Forfeited

               

Non-vested at December 31, 2011

           $   

 

PAGE 115


Table of Contents

NOTE 19. INCENTIVE AND RESTRICTED STOCK PLAN AND DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN — continued

 

 

The following table presents information about stock options exercised for the years ended December 31:

 

      2011      2010      2009  
(in thousands, except share data)                     

Number of options exercised

             82,100         1,150   

Total intrinsic value of options exercised

   $       $ 131       $ 13   

Cash received from options exercised

             1,758         40   

Tax deduction realized from options exercised

   $       $ 46       $ 4   

 

Restricted Stock

 

We periodically issue restricted stock to employees and directors, pursuant to the 2003 Stock Plan. As of December 31, 2011, 170,114 restricted shares have been granted under this plan.

During 2011, 2010 and 2009, we granted 19,890, 14,208 and 17,200 restricted shares of common stock, respectively, to outside directors. The grants are part of the compensation arrangement approved by the Compensation and Benefits Committee whereas the directors receive compensation in both the form of cash and restricted shares of common stock. These shares fully vest one year after the date of grant.

Also during 2011 and 2010, we granted 60,157 and 4,688 restricted shares of common stock, respectively, to senior management. No restricted shares were granted in 2009. The awards to senior management were granted in accordance with performance levels set by the Compensation and Benefits Committee. The restricted shares granted during 2011 occurred on three occasions and have different vesting periods. The first grant, or 16,497 restricted shares, vests fully on the second anniversary of the grant date. The second grant, or 11,104 restricted shares, vests fully on January 1, 2012. The third grant, or 32,556 restricted shares, was granted under our Long Term Incentive Plan and consists of both time and performance-based awards. Vesting for the time-based awards is 50 percent after two years and the remaining 50 percent at the end of the third year. The performance-based awards vest fully at the end of the three year period. Of the 4,688 restricted shares granted in 2010, 1,881 shares fully vested one year after the date of grant. The remaining 2,807 shares granted vest 50 percent on each of the one and two year anniversaries from the date of grant. The shares granted prior to 2009 vest 25 percent per year over a four year vesting period beginning on January 1 one year after the shares were granted.

During the vesting period, the recipient receives dividends and has the right to vote on the unvested shares granted. If the recipient leaves S&T before the end of the vesting period, shares will be forfeited except in the case of retirement, disability or death where accelerated vesting provision are defined within the plan agreement.

Compensation expense for time-based restricted stock is recognized ratably over the period of service, generally the entire vesting period, based on fair value on the date of grant. For grants made to directors, the fair value is determined by the closing price of the stock on the date of grant. The average of the high and low prices of the stock on the grant date is used for senior management. Compensation expense for performance-based restricted stock is recognized ratably over the remaining vesting period once the likelihood of meeting the performance measure is probable. During 2011, 2010 and 2009, we recognized compensation expense of $1.1 million, $0.5 million and $0.5 million and realized a tax benefit of $0.4 million, $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

 

PAGE 116


Table of Contents

NOTE 19. INCENTIVE AND RESTRICTED STOCK PLAN AND DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN — continued

 

 

The following table provides information about restricted stock for the years ended December 31:

 

      Restricted
Stock
     Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
 

Non-vested at December 31, 2008

     38,891       $ 29.88   

Granted

     17,200         18.61   

Vested

     14,749         31.13   

Forfeited

               

Non-vested at December 31, 2009

     41,342       $ 24.75   

Granted

     18,896         21.44   

Vested

     25,006         21.86   

Forfeited

     3,562         29.15   

Non-vested at December 31, 2010

     31,670       $ 24.56   

Granted

     80,047         21.39   

Vested

     23,915         23.69   

Forfeited

     1,652         23.64   

Non-vested at December 31, 2011

     86,150       $ 21.88   

 

As of December 31, 2011, there was $0.8 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock that will be recognized as compensation expense over a weighted average period of one year.

 

Cash Appreciation Rights

 

We also sponsor a Cash Appreciation Rights, or CARs, plan which is accounted for as a liability instrument and required to be marked to market each reporting period. The CARs are settled in cash. There were no CARs granted for the years 2011, 2010 or 2009. 206,900 CARs were granted in 2005 at an exercise price of $37.86 with a four-year vesting period and a ten-year life. During 2011, 6,600 CARs were forfeited. During 2011, 2010 and 2009, we recognized compensation expense of $(0.2) million, $0.1 million and $(0.6) million pretax and $(0.1) million, $0.1 million and $(0.4) million net of tax, respectively. The Black-Scholes option pricing model is used to determine the fair value of the CARs as of each reporting date. The assumptions used to value the CARs for the years ended December 31 were as follows:

 

      2011      2010      2009  

Risk-free interest rate

     0.33%         1.14%         2.12%   

Volatility of stock

     29%         33%         31%   

Expected dividend yield

     3.11%         3.00%         3.40%   

Expected life of options

     2.74 years         3.23 years         3.73 years   

 

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

 

We also sponsor a Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan, or Dividend Plan, whereby shareholders may purchase shares of S&T common stock at the average fair value with reinvested dividends and voluntary cash contributions. The plan administrator and transfer agent, may purchase shares directly from us from shares held in treasury or purchase shares in the open market to fulfill the Dividend Plan’s needs.

 

PAGE 117


Table of Contents

NOTE 20. PARENT COMPANY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

 

The following condensed financial statements summarize the financial position of S&T Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and the results of its operations and cash flows for each of the three years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

 

BALANCE SHEETS

 

December 31    2011      2010  
(in thousands)              

ASSETS

     

Cash

   $ 13,684       $ 110,889   

Investments in:

     

Bank subsidiary

     474,661         456,468   

Nonbank subsidiaries

     20,008         17,947   

Other assets

     2,937         15,010   

Total Assets

   $ 511,290       $ 600,314   

LIABILITIES

     

Long-term debt

   $ 20,619       $ 20,619   

Dividends payable

             694   

Other liabilities

     145         336   

Total Liabilities

     20,764         21,649   

Total Shareholders’ Equity

     490,526         578,665   

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

   $ 511,290       $ 600,314   

 

STATEMENTS OF INCOME

        
Years Ended December 31    2011      2010      2009  
(in thousands)                     

Dividends from subsidiaries

   $ 23,029       $ 22,634       $ 29,477   

Investment income

     121         86         520   

Interest expense on long-term debt

     777         782         912   

Other expenses

     1,091         1,648         1,630   

Income before Equity in Undistributed Net Income of Subsidiaries

     21,282         20,290         27,455   

Equity in undistributed net income (distribution in excess of net income) of:

Bank subsidiary

     25,590         23,158         (15,206

Nonbank subsidiaries

     392         32         (4,298

Net Income

   $ 47,264       $ 43,480       $ 7,951   

 

PAGE 118


Table of Contents

NOTE 20. PARENT COMPANY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION — continued

 

 

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

      
Years Ended December 31    2011     2010     2009  
(in thousands)                   

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

      

Net Income

   $ 47,264      $ 43,480      $ 7,951   

Equity in (undistributed net income) distribution in excess of net income of subsidiaries

     (25,982     (23,190     19,504   

Tax expense (benefit) from stock-based compensation

     66        (46     (4

Other

     10,145        470        968   

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

     31,493        20,714        28,419   

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

      

Net investments in subsidiaries

                     

Acquisitions

                     

Net Cash Used In Investing Activities

                     

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

      

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and common stock warrant

                   108,676   

Redemption of preferred stock

     (108,676              

Sale of treasury shares

     1,946        3,692        1,349   

Preferred stock dividends

     (5,072     (5,434     (4,513

Cash dividends paid to common shareholders

     (16,830     (16,683     (25,427

Tax (expense) benefit from stock-based compensation

     (66     46        4   

Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Financing Activities

     (128,698     (18,379     80,089   

Net (decrease) increase in cash

     (97,205     2,335        108,508   

Cash at beginning of year

     110,889        108,554        46   

Cash at End of Year

   $ 13,684      $ 110,889      $ 108,554   

 

NOTE 21. REGULATORY MATTERS

 

 

We are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet the minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on our financial statements. Under capital guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, we must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of our assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Our capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about risk weightings and other factors.

The most recent notifications from the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC categorized S&T and S&T Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for corrective action. There have been no conditions or events that we believe have changed S&T or S&T Bank’s status during 2011 and 2010.

Tier 1 capital consists principally of shareholders’ equity including preferred stock; excluding items recorded in accumulated other comprehensive gain/loss, less, goodwill and other intangibles. Total capital consists of Tier 1 capital plus junior subordinated debt and the ALL subject to limitation. We currently have $70.0 million in junior subordinated debt which is included in Tier 2 capital in accordance with current regulatory reporting requirements. For regulatory purposes, trust preferred

 

PAGE 119


Table of Contents

NOTE 21. REGULATORY MATTERS — continued

 

 

securities totaling $20.0 million, issued by an unconsolidated trust subsidiary of S&T underlying such junior subordinated debt, are included in Tier 1 capital.

During 2011, we redeemed all of the Series A Preferred Stock. Refer to Note 22 Capital Purchase Program for additional disclosures. At December 31, 2010, Tier 1 capital included $106.1 million, representing Series A Preferred Stock of $108.7 million net of the unamortized discount of $2.6 million in accordance with the terms of the CPP and regulatory requirements.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require us to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of Total and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets and Tier 1 capital to average assets. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, we met all capital adequacy requirements to which we are subject.

The following table summarizes risk-based capital amounts and ratios for S&T and S&T Bank.

 

    Actual     For Capital Adequacy
Purposes
    To be
Well Capitalized
Under Prompt
Corrective Action
Provisions
 
     Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio  
(in thousands)                                    

As of December 31, 2011

           
Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)            

S&T

  $ 465,702        15.20   $ 245,154        8.00   $ 306,443        10.00

S&T Bank

    429,837        14.11     243,699        8.00     304,623        10.00
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)            

S&T

    356,484        11.63     122,577        4.00     183,866        6.00

S&T Bank

    321,352        10.55     121,849        4.00     182,774        6.00
Leverage Ratio(1)            

S&T

    356,484        9.17     155,526        4.00     194,408        5.00

S&T Bank

    321,352        8.30     154,789        4.00     193,486        5.00

As of December 31, 2010

           
Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)            

S&T

  $ 547,336        16.68   $ 262,498        8.00   $ 328,123        10.00

S&T Bank

    405,049        12.42     260,944        8.00     326,180        10.00
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)            

S&T

    435,823        13.28     131,249        4.00     196,874        6.00

S&T Bank

    294,113        9.02     130,472        4.00     195,708        6.00
Leverage Ratio(1)            

S&T

    435,823        11.07     157,513        4.00     196,891        5.00

S&T Bank

    294,113        7.50     156,799        4.00     195,999        5.00
(1) 

Minimum requirement is 3.00 percent for the most highly-rated financial institutions.

 

NOTE 22. CAPITAL PURCHASE PROGRAM

 

 

On December 7, 2011 we redeemed all of the $108.7 million, or 108,676 shares, of Series A Preferred Stock issued on January 16, 2009 in conjunction with our participation in the CPP. Upon redemption, a one-time non-cash reduction to net income available to common shareholders of $1.8 million, or $0.06 per common share, was recorded for the remaining unamortized discount of the preferred stock. Refer to Note 21 Regulatory Matters for additional disclosures regarding capital requirements.

As part of its original purchase of the Series A Preferred Stock, the U.S. Treasury received a warrant to purchase 517,012 shares of our common stock at an initial per share exercise price of $31.53. The warrant provides for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise pursuant to customary anti-dilution provisions, such as upon

 

PAGE 120


Table of Contents

NOTE 22. CAPITAL PURCHASE PROGRAM — continued

 

 

stock splits or distributions of securities or other assets to holders of our common stock and upon certain issuances of our common stock at or below a specified price relative to the initial exercise price. A binomial pricing model was used to calculate the fair value of the common stock warrant we issued on January 16, 2009 resulting in a fair value of $4.0 million.

The assumptions used to calculate the fair value of the warrant are summarized below:

 

Assumption    Value  

Contractual term

     10 years   

Exercise price

   $ 31.53   

Estimated fair value of company stock

   $ 29.14   

Expected life

     10 years   

Risk-free rate over expected life of the warrant

     2.36

Expected volatility

     28.40

Expected dividend yield

     3.85

 

We utilized the average of daily and monthly historical volatility for purposes of this valuation. In addition, the U.S. Treasury has agreed not to exercise voting power with respect to any shares of common stock issued upon exercise of the warrant. We did not repurchase the warrant at the time of the Series A Preferred Stock redemption and it will remain outstanding until January 2019 or until we repurchase it from the U.S. Treasury.

 

NOTE 23. SEGMENTS

 

 

We operate three reportable operating segments including Community Banking, Wealth Management and Insurance.

 

   

Our Community Banking segment offers services which include accepting time and demand accounts, originating commercial and consumer loans and providing letters of credit and credit card services.

   

Our Wealth Management segment offers discount brokerage services, services as executor and trustee under wills and deeds, guardian and custodian of employee benefits and other trust and brokerage services, as well as a registered investment advisor that manages private investment accounts for individuals and institutions.

   

Our Insurance segment includes a full-service insurance agency offering commercial property and casualty insurance, group life and health coverage, employee benefit solutions and personal insurance lines.

The following represents total assets by reportable operating segment as of December 31:

 

      2011      2010  
(in thousands)              

Community Banking

   $ 4,110,462       $ 4,103,898   

Insurance

     8,192         8,461   

Wealth Management

     1,340         1,980   

Total Assets

   $ 4,119,994       $ 4,114,339   

 

PAGE 121


Table of Contents

NOTE 23. SEGMENTS — continued

 

 

The following tables provide financial information for our three segments. The financial results of the business segments include allocations for shared services based on an internal analysis that supports line of business and branch performance measurement. Shared services include expenses such as employee benefits, occupancy expense, computer support and other corporate overhead. Even with these allocations, the financial results are not necessarily indicative of the business segments’ financial condition and results of operations as if they existed as independent entities. The information provided under the caption “Eliminations” represents operations not considered to be reportable segments and/or general operating expenses and eliminations and adjustments, which are necessary for purposes of reconciling to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

      For the Year Ended December 31, 2011  
   Community
Banking
    Wealth
Management
     Insurance     Eliminations     Consolidated  
(in thousands)                                

Interest income

   $ 164,738      $ 307       $ 1      $ 33      $ 165,079   

Interest expense

     27,692                291        (250     27,733   

Net interest income (expense)

     137,046        307         (290     283        137,346   

Provision for loan losses

     15,609                              15,609   

Noninterest income

     30,195        8,328         5,236        298        44,057   

Noninterest expense

     81,180        7,302         5,199        4,236        97,917   

Depreciation expense

     4,165        32         57               4,254   

Intangible amortization

     1,619        66         52               1,737   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     17,911        493         (127     (3,655     14,622   

Net Income (Loss)

   $ 46,757      $ 742       $ (235   $      $ 47,264   
      For the Year Ended December 31, 2010  
   Community
Banking
    Wealth
Management
     Insurance     Eliminations     Consolidated  
(in thousands)                                

Interest income

   $ 180,319      $ 471       $ 2      $ (373   $ 180,419   

Interest expense

     34,692                293        (412     34,573   

Net interest income (expense)

     145,627        471         (291     39        145,846   

Provision for loan losses

     29,511                              29,511   

Noninterest income

     32,959        7,950         4,968        1,333        47,210   

Noninterest expense

     82,872        7,525         4,850        4,181        99,428   

Depreciation expense

     4,163        34         62               4,259   

Intangible amortization

     1,815        75         56               1,946   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     17,019        324         (102     (2,809     14,432   

Net Income (Loss)

   $ 43,206      $ 463       $ (189   $      $ 43,480   
      For the Year Ended December 31, 2009  
   Community
Banking
    Wealth
Management
     Insurance     Eliminations     Consolidated  
(in thousands)                                

Interest income

   $ 194,978      $ 530       $ 1      $ (422   $ 195,087   

Interest expense

     49,283                291        (469     49,105   

Net interest income (expense)

     145,695        530         (290     47        145,982   

Provision for loan losses

     72,354                              72,354   

Noninterest income

     25,905        7,557         4,580        538        38,580   

Noninterest expense

     86,638        6,378         4,700        3,806        101,522   

Depreciation expense

     4,199        37         60               4,296   

Intangible amortization

     2,162        84         62               2,308   

Income tax (benefit) expense

     (1,076     615         (187     (3,221     (3,869

Net Income (Loss)

   $ 7,323      $ 973       $ (345   $      $ 7,951   

 

PAGE 122


Table of Contents

NOTE 24. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

 

The following table presents selected financial data for the most recent eight quarters:

 

(unaudited)

 

     2011     2010  
  Fourth
Quarter
    Third
Quarter
    Second
Quarter
    First
Quarter
    Fourth
Quarter
    Third
Quarter
    Second
Quarter
    First
Quarter
 
(in thousands, except per share data)                                      

SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS

  

           

Interest income

  $ 40,259      $ 40,845      $ 41,783      $ 42,192      $ 44,210      $ 45,325      $ 45,561      $ 45,324   

Interest expense

    6,192        6,976        7,245        7,320        7,876        8,352        8,936        9,410   

Provision for loan losses

    2,337        1,535        1,097        10,640        7,676        8,278        9,127        4,430   

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

    31,730        32,334        33,441        24,232        28,658        28,695        27,498        31,484   

Security gains (losses), net

           (81     (56     13        11        6        103        153   

Noninterest income

    11,574        10,424        11,170        11,013        11,991        12,329        11,426        11,190   

Noninterest expense

    26,672        24,193        25,594        27,449        27,018        24,948        25,735        27,930   

Income before taxes

    16,632        18,484        18,961        7,809        13,642        16,082        13,292        14,897   

Provision for income taxes

    4,376        4,681        4,051        1,514        3,352        3,600        3,888        3,593   

Net income

    12,256        13,803        14,910        6,295        10,290        12,482        9,404        11,304   

Preferred stock dividends and discount amortization

    2,939        1,559        1,558        1,555        1,553        1,551        1,549        1,547   

Net Income Available to Common Shareholders

  $ 9,317      $ 12,244      $ 13,352      $ 4,740      $ 8,737      $ 10,931      $ 7,855      $ 9,757   

Per Share Data

               

Common earnings per share — diluted

  $ 0.33      $ 0.44      $ 0.48      $ 0.17      $ 0.31      $ 0.39      $ 0.28      $ 0.35   

Dividends declared per common share

    0.15        0.15        0.15        0.15        0.15        0.15        0.15        0.15   

Common book value

    17.44        17.68        17.31        16.90        16.91        16.83        16.55        16.39   

 

On December 7, 2011 we redeemed all of the $108.7 million, or 108,676 shares, of Series A Preferred Stock issued on January 16, 2009 in conjunction with our participation in the CPP. Upon redemption, a one-time non-cash reduction to net income available to common shareholders of $1.8 million, or $0.06 per common share, was recorded for the remaining unamortized discount of the preferred stock.

 

PAGE 123


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

S&T Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries:

 

We have audited S&T Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, and our report dated February 28, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania

February 28, 2012

 

PAGE 124


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

S&T Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of S&T Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of S&T Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 28, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania

February 28, 2012

 

PAGE 125


Table of Contents

Item 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES

 

 

None

 

Item 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

 

a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

Under the supervision and with the participation of S&T’s Chief Executive Officer, or CEO, and Chief Financial Officer, or CFO, (its principal executive officer and principal financial officer, respectively) management has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of S&T’s disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2011. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives.

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods required by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including our CEO and CFO as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Based on and as of the date of such evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in all material respects, as of the end of the period covered by this report.

 

b) Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Management assessed the corporation’s system of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, in relation to criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting as described in “Internal Control—Integrated Framework,” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management concludes that, as of December 31, 2011, its system of internal control over financial reporting is effective and meets the criteria of the “Internal Control—Integrated Framework.”

KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, has issued a report on the effectiveness of S&T’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, which is included herein.

 

c) Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

No changes were made to S&T’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the last fiscal quarter that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, S&T’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION

 

 

Not applicable

 

PAGE 126


Table of Contents

PART III

 

Item 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

 

The information required by Item 10 of Form 10-K is incorporated herein from the sections entitled “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance”, “Election of Directors”, “Executive Officers of the Registrant” and “Corporate Governance and Board and Committee Meetings” in our proxy statement relating to our April 23, 2012 annual meeting of shareholders.

 

Item 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

 

This information required by Item 11 of Form 10-K is incorporated herein from the sections entitled “Compensation Discussion and Analysis;” “Executive Compensation;” “Director Compensation;” “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation”; and “Compensation Committee Report” in our proxy statement relating to our April 23, 2012 annual meeting of shareholders.

 

Item 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

 

Except as set forth below, the information required by Item 12 of Form 10-K is incorporated from the sections entitled “Principal Beneficial Owners of S&T Common Stock” and “Beneficial Ownership of S&T Common Stock by Directors and Officers” in our proxy statement relating to our April 23, 2012 annual meeting of shareholders.

 

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION UPDATE

 

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2011 related to the equity compensation plans in effect at that time.

 

     (a)      (b)      (c)  
Plan category    Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options,
warrants and rights
     Weighted average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
    

Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plan (excluding securities

reflected in column (a))

 

Equity compensation plan approved by shareholders(1)

     757,050       $ 34.33         392,386   

Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders

                       

Total

     757,050       $ 34.33         392,386   
(1)

Awards granted under the S&T Bancorp, Inc. Amended and Restated 1992 Incentive Stock Plan and the 2003 Incentive Stock Plan. The 1992 Plan expired in 2002 and no further awards may be granted thereunder.

 

Item 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

 

The information required by Item 13 of Form 10-K is incorporated herein from the sections entitled “Related Person Transactions” and “Director Independence” in our proxy statement relating to our April 23, 2012 annual meeting of shareholders.

 

PAGE 127


Table of Contents

Item 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

 

 

The information required by Item 14 of Form 10-K is incorporated herein from the section entitled “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in our proxy statement relating to our April 23, 2012 annual meeting of shareholders.

 

PAGE 128


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

Item 15.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

 

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this report.

 

Consolidated Financial Statements: The following consolidated financial statements are included in Part II, Item 8 of this report. No financial statement schedules are being filed since the required information is inapplicable or is presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements or related notes.

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     65   

Consolidated Statements of Income

     66   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

     67   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     68   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     69   
Report of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Effectiveness of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting      124   
Report of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Consolidated Financial Statements      125   

 

PAGE 129


Table of Contents

(b)    Exhibits

      
    2.1       Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 14, 2011, between S&T Bancorp, Inc. and Mainline Bancorp, Inc. Filed as Exhibit 2.1 to S&T Bancorp, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 16, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
    2.2       Amendment No. 1 to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 27, 2012, between S&T Bancorp, Inc. and Mainline Bancorp, Inc., dated September 14, 2011. Filed as Exhibit A to Form S-4 Registration Statement (No. 333-178424) dated January 30, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
    3.1       Articles of Incorporation of S&T Bancorp, Inc. Filed as Exhibit B to Registration Statement (No. 2-83565) on Form S-4 of S&T Bancorp, Inc., dated May 5, 1983, and incorporated herein by reference.
    3.2       Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of S&T Bancorp, Inc. Filed as Exhibit 3.2 to Form S-4 Registration Statement (No. 33-02600) dated January 15, 1986, and incorporated herein by reference.
    3.3       Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of S&T Bancorp, Inc. effective May 8, 1989, incorporated herein by reference. Filed as exhibit 3.3 to S&T Bancorp, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ending December 31, 1998 and incorporated herein by reference.
    3.4       Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of S&T Bancorp, Inc. effective July 21, 1995. Filed as exhibit 3.4 to S&T Bancorp, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ending December 31, 1998 and incorporated here by reference.
    3.5       Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of S&T Bancorp, Inc. effective June 18, 1998. Filed as exhibit 3.5 to S&T Bancorp, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ending December 31, 1998 and incorporated herein by reference.
    3.6       Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of S&T Bancorp, Inc. effective April 21, 2008. Filed as Exhibit 3.1 to S&T Bancorp, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 7, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.
    3.7       Certificate of Designations for the Series A Preferred Stock. Filed as Exhibit 3.1 to S&T Bancorp, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 15, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.
    3.8       By-laws of S&T Bancorp, Inc., as amended, April 21, 2008. Filed as Exhibit 3.2 to S&T Bancorp, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 7, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.
  10.1       S&T Bancorp, Inc. Amended and Restated 1992 Incentive Stock Plan. Filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Form S-8 Registration Statement (No. 333-48549) dated March 24, 1998 and incorporated herein by reference.*
  10.2       S&T Bancorp, Inc. 2003 Incentive Stock Plan. Filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Form S-8 Registration Statement (No. 333-111557) dated December 24, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.*
  10.3       Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 16, 2007, between S&T Bancorp, Inc. and IBT Bancorp, Inc. Filed as exhibit 2.1 to S&T Bancorp, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 17, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

PAGE 130


Table of Contents

(b)    Exhibits

      
  10.4       S&T Bancorp, Inc. Thrift Plan for Employees of S&T Bank, as amended and restated. Filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Form S-8 Registration Statement (No. 333-156541) dated December 31, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.*
  10.5       Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan of S&T Bancorp, Inc. Filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Form S-3 Registration Statement (No. 333-156555) dated January 2, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference. Filed as Exhibit 4.2 to S&T Bancorp, Inc. on Form S-8 filed on January 2, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.*
  10.6       Severance Agreement, by and between Todd D. Brice and S&T Bancorp, Inc., dated December 31, 2008. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to S&T Bancorp, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 2, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.*
  10.7      

Severance Agreement, by and between Edward C. Hauck and S&T Bancorp, Inc., dated December 31, 2008. Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to S&T Bancorp, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 2, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.*

  10.8       Severance Agreement, by and between David G. Antolik and S&T Bancorp, Inc. dated December 31, 2008. Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to S&T Bancorp, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 2, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.*
  10.9       Severance Agreement, by and between Gregor T. Young IV and S&T Bancorp, Inc. dated December 31, 2008. Filed as Exhibit 10.5 to S&T Bancorp, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 2, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.*
  10.10       Severance Agreement, by and between Mark Kochvar and S&T Bancorp, Inc. dated as of January 1, 2009. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to S&T Bancorp, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 26, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.*
  21       Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
  23       Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
  24       Power of Attorney.
  31.1       Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of the Chief Executive Officer.
  31.2       Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of the Principal Financial Officer.
  32       Rule 13a-14(b) Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer.
  99.1       Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 31 C.F.R. 30.15.
  99.2       Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 31 C.F.R. 30.15.
  101**       The following financial information from the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011 is formatted in eXtensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity and (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (iv) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (tagged as blocks of text).

 

* Management Contract or Compensatory Plan or Arrangement
** This exhibit is furnished and will not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C.. 78r), or otherwise subject to the liability of that section. Such exhibit will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or of Securities Exchange Act, except to the extent that the Registrant specifically incorporates it by reference.

 

PAGE 131


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

S&T BANCORP, INC.

(Registrant)

LOGO

  02/28/12

Todd D. Brice

President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  Date    

LOGO

  02/28/12

Mark Kochvar

Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  Date    

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

SIGNATURE    TITLE   DATE

LOGO

Todd D. Brice

   President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   02/28/12

LOGO

Mark Kochvar

   Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)   02/28/12

/s/ Melanie Hubler

Melanie Hubler

  

Senior Vice President, Controller

  02/28/12

*

Todd D. Brice

   Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   02/28/12

*

John N. Brenzia

   Director   02/28/12

 

John J. Delaney

  

Director

  02/28/12

*

Michael J. Donnelly

   Director   02/28/12

 

PAGE 132


Table of Contents
SIGNATURE    TITLE   DATE

*

William J. Gatti

   Director   02/28/12

*

Jeffrey D. Grube

   Director   02/28/12

 

Frank W. Jones

   Director   02/28/12

 

Joseph A. Kirk

   Director   02/28/12

*

David L. Krieger

   Director   02/28/12

*

James C. Miller

   Chairman of the Board and Director   02/28/12

*

Alan Papernick

   Director   02/28/12

 

Robert Rebich, Jr.

   Director   02/28/12

*

Charles A. Spadafora

   Director   02/28/12

 

Christine J. Toretti

   Director   02/28/12

*

Charles G. Urtin

   Director   02/28/12

*By: /s/ James V. Milano

        James V. Milano

        Attorney-in-fact

   Director   02/28/12

 

PAGE 133